U.S. patent application number 12/577799 was filed with the patent office on 2010-04-22 for spiro-oxindole compounds and their use as therapeutic agents.
This patent application is currently assigned to XENON PHARMACEUTICALS INC.. Invention is credited to Mikhail Chafeev, Sultan Chowdhury, Lauren Fraser, Jianmin Fu, Jonathan Langille, Shifeng Liu, Jianyu Sun, Shaoyi Sun, Serguei Sviridov, Mark Wood, Alla Zenova.
Application Number | 20100099728 12/577799 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 41381681 |
Filed Date | 2010-04-22 |
United States Patent
Application |
20100099728 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Chafeev; Mikhail ; et
al. |
April 22, 2010 |
SPIRO-OXINDOLE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS
Abstract
This invention is directed to spiro-oxindole compounds, as
stereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers thereof or mixtures thereof;
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or prodrugs thereof,
for the treatment and/or prevention of sodium channel-mediated
diseases or conditions, such as pain.
Inventors: |
Chafeev; Mikhail; (Burnaby,
CA) ; Chowdhury; Sultan; (Surrey, CA) ;
Fraser; Lauren; (Surrey, CA) ; Fu; Jianmin;
(Coquitlam, CA) ; Langille; Jonathan; (Quaker
Hill, CT) ; Liu; Shifeng; (Coquitlam, CA) ;
Sun; Jianyu; (San Mateo, CA) ; Sun; Shaoyi;
(Coquitlam, CA) ; Sviridov; Serguei; (Burnaby,
CA) ; Wood; Mark; (Port Moody, CA) ; Zenova;
Alla; (Vancouver, CA) |
Correspondence
Address: |
Seed IP Law Group PLLC
701 Fifth Avenue, Suite 5400
Seattle
WA
98104
US
|
Assignee: |
XENON PHARMACEUTICALS INC.
Burnaby
CA
|
Family ID: |
41381681 |
Appl. No.: |
12/577799 |
Filed: |
October 13, 2009 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
61106410 |
Oct 17, 2008 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
514/409 ;
548/410 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07D 491/107 20130101;
A61P 9/00 20180101; C07D 491/20 20130101; A61P 29/00 20180101; A61P
11/00 20180101; A61P 25/00 20180101; A61P 35/00 20180101 |
Class at
Publication: |
514/409 ;
548/410 |
International
Class: |
A61K 31/407 20060101
A61K031/407; C07D 491/107 20060101 C07D491/107; C07D 491/20
20060101 C07D491/20; A61P 25/00 20060101 A61P025/00; A61P 9/00
20060101 A61P009/00; A61P 11/00 20060101 A61P011/00 |
Claims
1. A compound of formula (I): ##STR00049## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3
or 4; R.sup.1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1 wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR', --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; R.sup.4 is
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, aryl
and aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from the group
consisting of an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
3. The compound of claim 2 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; each
R.sup.5 is an optionally substituted straight or branched alkylene
chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
4. The compound of claim 3 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is hydrogen;
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3;
R.sup.5 is an optionally substituted straight or branched alkylene
chain; each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
5. The compound of claim 4 selected from the group consisting of:
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one;
and
6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'-
H)-one.
6. The compound of claim 3 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is
diphenylmethyl; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; R.sup.5 is an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl
and optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
7. The compound of claim 6 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is
diphenylmethyl; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; R.sup.5 is an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen and alkyl.
8. The compound of claim 7 which is
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one.
9. The compound of claim 3 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; each
R.sup.5 is an optionally substituted straight or branched alkylene
chain; and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
10. The compound of claim 9 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is
tetrahydrofuranylmethyl; R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected
from the group consisting of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; each
R.sup.5 is straight or branched alkylene chain; and each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl.
11. The compound of claim 10 selected from the group consisting of:
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spi-
ro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one;
N-(methylsulfonyl)-N-{2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-d-
ihydrospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}methanesulfonamide;
tert-butyl
[1-methyl-2-({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrosp-
iro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)ethyl]carbamate;
6-(2-aminopropoxy)-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride;
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-b-
enzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one;
methyl({Z-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-b-
enzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetate; and
({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzof-
uran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetic acid.
12. The compound of claim 1 wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted
by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
13. The compound of claim 12 wherein: n is 0 or 1; R.sup.1 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted
by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
14. The compound of claim 13 wherein: n is 0 or 1; R.sup.1 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; R.sup.4 is selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted
aryl and optionally substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is
independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain, an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkenylene chain and an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7;
and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally
substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and
optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
15. The compound of claim 14 wherein: n is 0 or 1; R.sup.1 is
--R.sup.6--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; R.sup.2 and R.sup.3,
together with the carbons to which they are attached, form a
fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; R.sup.4 is halo; R.sup.5 is an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; R.sup.6 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7;
and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl and optionally substituted
cycloalkyl.
16. The compound of claim 15 selected from the group consisting of:
N'-hydroxy-3-(2'-oxo-6H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-d][1,3]dioxole-7,3'-indoline]-
-1-yl)propanimidamide;
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)-N'-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy]ethanimidamide; and
(1Z)-N'-hydroxy-2-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)ethanimidamide.
17. The compound of claim 14 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is aralkyl
optionally substituted with --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; R.sup.2 and
R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form
a fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain; and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
18. The compound of claim 17 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is benzyl
optionally substituted with --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; R.sup.2 and
R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form
a fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are each independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally
substituted pyrrolidinyl.
19. The compound of claim 18 selected from the group consisting of:
tert-butyl
(3R)-3-({4-[(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)methyl]phenyl}-amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate;
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one, and
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride.
20. The compound of claim 13 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is aralkyl
(optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group
consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused dihydrofuranyl optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; each R.sup.5 is independently an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; R.sup.6 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7;
and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
21. The compound of claim 20 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is benzyl
optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group
consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OW, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7; R.sup.2 and
R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form
a fused dihydrofuranyl optionally substituted by .dbd.NOR.sup.7;
each R.sup.5 is independently an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl.
22. The compound of claim 21 selected from the group consisting of:
N'-hydroxy-4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide;
N'-hydroxy-3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide;
2-{3-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide;
2-{4-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b]difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide; ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate;
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid;
2-(4-((2'-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-b]furan-3,3'-indoline]-1-
'-yl)methyl)phenoxy)acetic acid;
N-methyl-2-{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-i-
ndol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide; and
1'-[4-(methylsulfinyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one.
23. The compound of claim 20 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is
independently selected from the group consisting of
pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7)
and tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl; R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with
the carbons to which they are attached, form a fused dihydrofuranyl
optionally substituted by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; each R.sup.5 is
independently an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; each R.sup.7 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
24. The compound of claim 23 selected from the group consisting of:
1-{[(2S)-1-acetylpyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl}-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-
-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; and
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indole]-2',5(1H,6H)-dione 5-oxime.
25. The compound of claim 13 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is aralkyl
(optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group
consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused [1,4]-dioxinyl; each R.sup.5 is
independently an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
alkyl.
26. The compound of claim 25 wherein: n is 0; R.sup.1 is benzyl
optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group
consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7; R.sup.2 and
R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form
a fused [1,4]-dioxinyl; each R.sup.5 is independently an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; R.sup.6 is
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7;
and each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
27. The compound of claim 26 selected from the group consisting of:
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide;
1'-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1H)-one;
1'-{4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]b-
enzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate;
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid; and
1'-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one.
28. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient and a compound of formula (I): ##STR00050##
wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1 is hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR',
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
29. A method of treating, preventing or ameliorating a disease or a
condition in a mammal selected from the group consisting of pain,
depression, cardiovascular diseases, respiratory diseases, and
psychiatric diseases, and combinations thereof, wherein the method
comprises administering to the mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I):
##STR00051## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1 is hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein said disease or condition is
selected from the group consisting of neuropathic pain,
inflammatory pain, visceral pain, cancer pain, chemotherapy pain,
trauma pain, surgical pain, post-surgical pain, childbirth pain,
labor pain, neurogenic bladder, ulcerative colitis, chronic pain,
persistent pain, peripherally mediated pain, centrally mediated
pain, chronic headache, migraine headache, sinus headache, tension
headache, phantom limb pain, dental pain, peripheral nerve injury,
and combinations thereof.
31. The method of claim 29, wherein said disease or condition is
selected from the group consisting of pain associated with HIV, HIV
treatment induced neuropathy, trigeminal neuralgia, post-herpetic
neuralgia, eudynia, heat sensitivity, tosarcoidosis, irritable
bowel syndrome, Crohns disease, pain associated with multiple
sclerosis (MS), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), diabetic
neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, arthritic, rheumatoid arthritis,
osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, paroxysmal dystonia, myasthenia
syndromes, myotonia, malignant hyperthermia, cystic fibrosis,
pseudoaldosteronism, rhabdomyolysis, hypothyroidism, bipolar
depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, sodium channel toxin related
illnesses, familial erythermalgia, primary erythermalgia, familial
rectal pain, cancer, epilepsy, partial and general tonic seizures,
restless leg syndrome, arrhythmias, fibromyalgia, neuroprotection
under ischaemic conditions caused by stroke or neural trauma,
tachy-arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation and ventricular
fibrillation.
32. A method of treating pain in a mammal by the inhibition of ion
flux through a voltage-dependent sodium channel in the mammal,
wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected
from formula (I): ##STR00052## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R.sup.1 is hydrogen, --R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
diphenylmethyl, aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent
selected from the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
33. A method of decreasing ion flux through a voltage-dependent
sodium channel in a cell in a mammal, wherein the method comprises
contacting the cell with a compound selected from formula (I):
##STR00053## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1 is hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
34. A method of treating hypercholesterolemia in a mammal, wherein
the method comprises administering to the mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from
formula (I): ##STR00054## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, --R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
diphenylmethyl, aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent
selected from the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
35. A method of treating benign prostatic hyperplasia in a mammal,
wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected
from formula (I): ##STR00055## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R.sup.1 is hydrogen, --R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
diphenylmethyl, aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent
selected from the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR',
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
36. A method of treating treating pruritis in a mammal, wherein the
method comprises administering to the mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from
formula (I): ##STR00056## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, --R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
diphenylmethyl, aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent
selected from the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
37. A method of treating cancer in a mammal, wherein the methods
comprise administering to the mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from
formula (I): ##STR00057## wherein: n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, --R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
diphenylmethyl, aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent
selected from the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; or R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of
alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally
substituted aralkyl; each R.sup.5 is independently selected from
the group consisting of an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or
branched alkynylene chain; R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and each R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl; as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
[0001] This application claims the benefit under 37 U.S.C.
.sctn.119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/106,410,
filed Oct. 17, 2008, which application is incorporated herein by
reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention is directed to spiro-oxindole
compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds
and methods of using the compounds and the pharmaceutical
compositions in treating sodium channel-mediated diseases or
conditions, such as pain, as well as other diseases and conditions
associated with the mediation of sodium channels.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Voltage-gated sodium channels, transmembrane proteins that
initiate action potentials in nerve, muscle and other electrically
excitable cells, are a necessary component of normal sensation,
emotions, thoughts and movements (Catterall, W. A., Nature (2001),
Vol. 409, pp. 988-990). These channels consist of a highly
processed alpha subunit that is associated with auxiliary beta
subunits. The pore-forming alpha subunit is sufficient for channel
function, but the kinetics and voltage dependence of channel gating
are in part modified by the beta subunits (Goldin et al., Neuron
(2000), Vol. 28, pp. 365-368). Each alpha-subunit contains four
homologous domains, I to IV, each with six predicted transmembrane
segments. The alpha-subunit of the sodium channel, forming the
ion-conducting pore and containing the voltage sensors regulating
sodium ion conduction has a relative molecular mass of 260,000.
Electrophysiological recording, biochemical purification, and
molecular cloning have identified ten different sodium channel
alpha subunits and four beta subunits (Yu, F. H., et al., Sci. STKE
(2004), 253; and Yu, F. H., et al., Neurosci. (2003),
20:7577-85).
[0004] The hallmarks of sodium channels include rapid activation
and inactivation when the voltage across the plasma membrane of an
excitable cell is depolarized (voltage-dependent gating), and
efficient and selective conduction of sodium ions through
conducting pores intrinsic to the structure of the protein (Sato,
C., et al., Nature (2001), 409:1047-1051). At negative or
hyperpolarized membrane potentials, sodium channels are closed.
Following membrane depolarization, sodium channels open rapidly and
then inactivate. Channels only conduct currents in the open state
and, once inactivated, have to return to the resting state,
favoured by membrane hyperpolarization, before they can reopen.
Different sodium channel subtypes vary in the voltage range over
which they activate and inactivate as well as their activation and
inactivation kinetics.
[0005] The sodium channel family of proteins has been extensively
studied and shown to be involved in a number of vital body
functions. Research in this area has identified variants of the
alpha subunits that result in major changes in channel function and
activities, which can ultimately lead to major pathophysiological
conditions. Implicit with function, this family of proteins are
considered prime points of therapeutic intervention. Na.sub.V1.1
and Na.sub.V1.2 are highly expressed in the brain (Raymond, C. K.,
et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2004), 279(44):46234-41) and are vital to
normal brain function. In humans, mutations in Na.sub.V1.1 and
Na.sub.V1.2 result in severe epileptic states and in some cases
mental decline (Rhodes, T. H., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
(2004),101(30):11147-52; Kamiya, K., et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2004),
24(11):2690-8; Pereira, S., et al., Neurology (2004), 63(1):191-2).
As such both channels have been considered as validated targets for
the treatment of epilepsy (see PCT Published Patent Publication No.
WO 01/38564).
[0006] Na.sub.V1.3 is broadly expressed throughout the body
(Raymond, C. K., et al., op. cit.). It has been demonstrated to
have its expression upregulated in the dorsal horn sensory neurons
of rats after nervous system injury (Hains, B. D., et al., J.
Neurosci. (2003), 23(26):8881-92). Many experts in the field have
considered Na.sub.V1.3 as a suitable target for pain therapeutics
(Lai, J., et al., Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. (2003), (3):291-72003;
Wood, J. N., et al., J. Neurobiol. (2004), 61(1):55-71; Chung, J.
M., et al., Novartis Found Symp. (2004), 261:19-27; discussion
27-31, 47-54).
[0007] Na.sub.V1.4 expression is essentially limited to muscle
(Raymond, C. K., et al., op. cit.). Mutations in this gene have
been shown to have profound effects on muscle function including
paralysis, (Tamaoka A., Intern. Med. (2003), (9):769-70). Thus,
this channel can be considered a target for the treatment of
abnormal muscle contractility, spasm or paralysis.
[0008] The cardiac sodium channel, Na.sub.V1.5, is expressed mainly
in the heart ventricles and atria (Raymond, C. K., et al., op.
cit.), and can be found in the sinovial node, ventricular node and
possibly Purkinje cells. The rapid upstroke of the cardiac action
potential and the rapid impulse conduction through cardiac tissue
is due to the opening of Na.sub.V1.5. As such, Na.sub.V1.5 is
central to the genesis of cardiac arrhythmias. Mutations in human
Na.sub.V1.5 result in multiple arrhythmic syndromes, including, for
example, long QT3 (LQT3), Brugada syndrome (BS), an inherited
cardiac conduction defect, sudden unexpected nocturnal death
syndrome (SUNDS) and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) (Liu, H.
et al., Am. J. Pharmacogenomics (2003), 3(3):173-9). Sodium channel
blocker therapy has been used extensively in treating cardiac
arrhythmias. The first antiarrhythmic drug, quinidine, discovered
in 1914, is classified as a sodium channel blocker.
[0009] Na.sub.V1.6 encodes an abundant, widely distributed
voltage-gated sodium channel found throughout the central and
peripheral nervous systems, clustered in the nodes of Ranvier of
neural axons (Caldwell, J. H., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
(2000), 97(10): 5616-20). Although no mutations in humans have been
detected, Na.sub.V1.6 is thought to play a role in the
manifestation of the symptoms associated with multiple sclerosis
and has been considered as a target for the treatment of this
disease (Craner, M. J., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2004),
101(21):8168-73).
[0010] Na.sub.V1.7 was first cloned from the pheochromocytoma PC12
cell line (Toledo-Aral, J. J., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
(1997), 94:1527-1532). Its presence at high levels in the growth
cones of small-diameter neurons suggested that it could play a role
in the transmission of nociceptive information. Although this has
been challenged by experts in the field as Na.sub.V1.7 is also
expressed in neuroendocrine cells associated with the autonomic
system (Klugbauer, N., et al., EMBO J. (1995), 14(6):1084-90) and
as such has been implicated in autonomic processes. The implicit
role in autonomic functions was demonstrated with the generation of
Na.sub.V1.7 null mutants; deleting Na.sub.V1.7 in all sensory and
sympathetic neurons resulted in a lethal perinatal phenotype.
(Nassar, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2004),
101(34):12706-11). In contrast, by deleting the Na.sub.V1.7
expression in a subset of sensory neurons that are predominantly
nociceptive, a role in pain mechanisms, was demonstrated (Nassar,
et al., op. cit.). Further support for Na.sub.V1.7 blockers active
in a subset of neurons is supported by the finding that two human
heritable pain conditions, primary erythermalgia and familial
rectal pain, have been shown to map to Na.sub.V1.7 (Yang, Y., et
al., J. Med. Genet. (2004), 41(3):171-4).
[0011] The expression of Na.sub.V1.8 is essentially restricted to
the DRG (Raymond, C. K., et al., op. cit.). There are no identified
human mutations for Na.sub.V1.8. However, Na.sub.V1.8-null mutant
mice were viable, fertile and normal in appearance. A pronounced
analgesia to noxious mechanical stimuli, small deficits in noxious
thermoreception and delayed development of inflammatory
hyperalgesia suggested to the researchers that Na.sub.V1.8 plays a
major role in pain signalling (Akopian, A. N., et al., Nat.
Neurosci. (1999), 2(6): 541-8). Blocking of this channel is widely
accepted as a potential treatment for pain (Lai, J, et al., op.
cit.; Wood, J. N., et al., op. cit.; Chung, J. M., et al., op.
cit.). PCT Published Patent Application No. WO03/037274A2 describes
pyrazole-amides and sulfonamides for the treatment of central or
peripheral nervous system conditions, particularly pain and chronic
pain by blocking sodium channels associated with the onset or
recurrance of the indicated conditions. PCT Published Patent
Application No. WO03/037890A2 describes piperidines for the
treatment of central or peripheral nervous system conditions,
particularly pain and chronic pain by blocking sodium channels
associated with the onset or recurrence of the indicated
conditions. The compounds, compositions and methods of these
inventions are of particular use for treating neuropathic or
inflammatory pain by the inhibition of ion flux through a channel
that includes a PN3 (Na.sub.V1.8) subunit.
[0012] The tetrodotoxin insensitive, peripheral sodium channel
Na.sub.V 1.9, disclosed by Dib-Hajj, S. D., et al. (see Dib-Hajj,
S. D., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1998), 95(15):8963-8)
was shown to reside solely in the dorsal root ganglia. It has been
demonstrated that Na.sub.V1.9 underlies neurotrophin (BDNF)-evoked
depolarization and excitation, and is the only member of the
voltage gated sodium channel superfamily to be shown to be ligand
mediated (Blum, R., Kafitz, K. W., Konnerth, A., Nature (2002), 419
(6908):687-93). The limited pattern of expression of this channel
has made it a candidate target for the treatment of pain (Lai, J,
et al., op. cit.; Wood, J. N., et al., op. cit.; Chung, J. M. et
al., op. cit.).
[0013] NaX is a putative sodium channel, which has not been shown
to be voltage gated. In addition to expression in the lung, heart,
dorsal root ganglia, and Schwann cells of the peripheral nervous
system, NaX is found in neurons and ependymal cells in restricted
areas of the CNS, particularly in the circumventricular organs,
which are involved in body-fluid homeostasis (Watanabe, E., et al.,
J. Neurosci. (2000), 20(20):7743-51). NaX-null mice showed abnormal
intakes of hypertonic saline under both water- and salt-depleted
conditions. These findings suggest that the NaX plays an important
role in the central sensing of body-fluid sodium level and
regulation of salt intake behaviour. Its pattern of expression and
function suggest it as a target for the treatment of cystic
fibrosis and other related salt regulating maladies.
[0014] Studies with the sodium channel blocker tetrodotoxin (TTX)
used to lower neuron activity in certain regions of the brain,
indicate its potential use in the treatment of addiction.
Drug-paired stimuli elicit drug craving and relapse in addicts and
drug-seeking behavior in rats. The functional integrity of the
basolateral amygdala (BLA) is necessary for reinstatement of
cocaine-seeking behaviour elicited by cocaine-conditioned stimuli,
but not by cocaine itself. BLA plays a similar role in
reinstatement of heroin-seeking behavior. TTX-induced inactivation
of the BLA on conditioned and heroin-primed reinstatement of
extinguished heroin-seeking behaviour in a rat model (Fuchs, R. A.
and See, R. E., Psychopharmacology (2002) 160(4):425-33).
[0015] This closely related family of proteins has long been
recognised as targets for therapeutic intervention. Sodium channels
are targeted by a diverse array of pharmacological agents. These
include neurotoxins, antiarrhythmics, anticonvulsants and local
anesthetics (Clare, J. J., et al., Drug Discovery Today (2000)
5:506-520). All of the current pharmacological agents that act on
sodium channels have receptor sites on the alpha subunits. At least
six distinct receptor sites for neurotoxins and one receptor site
for local anesthetics and related drugs have been identified
(Cestele, S. et al., Biochimie (2000), Vol. 82, pp. 883-892).
[0016] The small molecule sodium channel blockers or the local
anesthetics and related antiepileptic and antiarrhythmic drugs,
interact with overlapping receptor sites located in the inner
cavity of the pore of the sodium channel (Catterall, W. A., Neuron
(2000), 26:13-25). Amino acid residues in the S6 segments from at
least three of the four domains contribute to this complex drug
receptor site, with the IVS6 segment playing the dominant role.
These regions are highly conserved and as such most sodium channel
blockers known to date interact with similar potency with all
channel subtypes. Nevertheless, it has been possible to produce
sodium channel blockers with therapeutic selectivity and a
sufficient therapeutic window for the treatment of epilepsy (e.g.
lamotrignine, phenyloin and carbamazepine) and certain cardiac
arrhythmias (e.g. lignocaine, tocamide and mexiletine). However,
the potency and therapeutic index of these blockers is not optimal
and have limited the usefulness of these compounds in a variety of
therapeutic areas where a sodium channel blocker would be ideally
suited.
[0017] Management of Acute and Chronic Pain
[0018] Drug therapy is the mainstay of management for acute and
chronic pain in all age groups, including neonates, infants and
children. The pain drugs are classified by the American Pain
Society into three main categories: 1) non-opioid
analgesics-acetaminophen, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
(NSAIDs), including salicylates (e.g. aspirin), 2) opioid
analgesics and 3) co-analgesics.
[0019] Non-opioid analgesics such as acetaminophen and NSAIDs are
useful for acute and chronic pain due to a variety of causes
including surgery, trauma, arthritis and cancer. NSAIDs are
indicated for pain involving inflammation because acetaminophen
lacks anti-inflammatory activity. Opioids also lack
anti-inflammatory activity. All NSAIDs inhibit the enzyme
cyclooxygenase (COX), thereby inhibiting prostaglandin synthesis
and reducing the inflammatory pain response. There are at least two
COX isoforms, COX-1 and COX-2. Common non-selective COX inhibitors
include, ibuprofen and naproxen. Inhibition of COX-1, which is
found in platelets, GI tract, kidneys and most other human tissues,
is thought to be associated with adverse effects such as
gastrointestinal bleeding. The development of selective COX-2
NSAIDs, such as Celecoxib, Valdecoxib and Rofecoxib, have the
benefits of non-selective NSAIDs with reduced adverse effect
profiles in the gut and kidney. However, evidence now suggests that
chronic use of certain selective COX-2 inhibitors can result in an
increased risk of stroke occurrence.
[0020] The use of opioid analgesics is recommended by the American
Pain Society to be initiated based on a pain-directed history and
physical that includes repeated pain assessment. Due to the broad
adverse effect profiles associated with opiate use, therapy should
include a diagnosis, integrated interdisciplinary treatment plan
and appropriate ongoing patient monitoring. It is further
recommended that opioids be added to non-opioids to manage acute
pain and cancer related pain that does not respond to non-opioids
alone. Opioid analgesics act as agonists to specific receptors of
the mu and kappa types in the central and peripheral nervous
system. Depending on the opioid and its formulation or mode of
administration it can be of shorter or longer duration. All opioid
analgesics have a risk of causing respiratory depression, liver
failure, addiction and dependency, and as such are not ideal for
long-term or chronic pain management.
[0021] A number of other classes of drugs may enhance the effects
of opioids or NSAIDSs, have independent analgesic activity in
certain situations, or counteract the side effects of analgesics.
Regardless of which of these actions the drug has, they are
collectively termed "coanalgesics". Tricyclic antidepressants,
antiepileptic drugs, local anaesthetics, glucocorticoids, skeletal
muscle relaxants, anti-spasmodil agents, antihistamines,
benzodiazepines, caffeine, topical agents (e.g. capsaicin),
dextroamphetamine and phenothizines are all used in the clinic as
adjuvant therapies or individually in the treatment of pain. The
antiepeileptic drugs in particular have enjoyed some success in
treating pain conditions. For instance, Gabapentin, which has an
unconfirmed therapeutic target, is indicated for neuropathic pain.
Other clinical trials are attempting to establish that central
neuropathic pain may respond to ion channel blockers such as
blockers of calcium, sodium and/or NMDA (N-methyl-D-aspartate)
channels. Currently in development are low affinity NMDA channel
blocking agents for the treatment of neuropathic pain. The
literature provides substantial pre-clinical electrophysiological
evidence in support of the use of NMDA antagonists in the treatment
of neuropathic pain. Such agents also may find use in the control
of pain after tolerance to opioid analgesia occurs, particularly in
cancer patients.
[0022] Systemic analgesics such as NSAIDs and opioids are to be
distinguished from therapeutic agents which are useful only as
local analgesics/anaesthetics. Well known local analgesics such as
lidocaine and xylocalne are non-selective ion channel blockers
which can be fatal when administered systemically. A good
description of non-selective sodium channel blockers is found in
Madge, D. et al., J. Med. Chem. (2001), 44(2):115-37.
[0023] Several sodium channel modulators are known for use as
anticonvulsants or antidepressants, such as carbamazepine,
amitriptyline, lamotrigine and riluzole, all of which target brain
tetradotoxin-sensitive (TTX-S) sodium channels. Such TTX-S agents
suffer from dose-limiting side effects, including dizziness, ataxia
and somnolence, primarily due to action at TTX-S channels in the
brain.
Sodium Channels Role in Pain
[0024] Sodium channels play a diverse set of roles in maintaining
normal and pathological states, including the long recognized role
that voltage gated sodium channels play in the generation of
abnormal neuronal activity and neuropathic or pathological pain
(Chung, J. M. et al., op. cit.). Damage to peripheral nerves
following trauma or disease can result in changes to sodium channel
activity and the development of abnormal afferent activity
including ectopic discharges from axotomised afferents and
spontaneous activity of sensitized intact nociceptors. These
changes can produce long-lasting abnormal hypersensitivity to
normally innocuous stimuli, or allodynia. Examples of neuropathic
pain include, but are not limited to, post-herpetic neuralgia,
trigeminal neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, chronic lower back pain,
phantom limb pain, and pain resulting from cancer and chemotherapy,
chronic pelvic pain, complex regional pain syndrome and related
neuralgias.
[0025] There has been some degree of success in treating
neuropathic pain symptoms by using medications, such as gabapentin,
and more recently pregabalin, as short-term, first-line treatments.
However, pharmacotherapy for neuropathic pain has generally had
limited success with little response to commonly used pain reducing
drugs, such as NSAIDS and opiates. Consequently, there is still a
considerable need to explore novel treatment modalities.
[0026] There remains a limited number of potent effective sodium
channel blockers with a minimum of adverse events in the clinic.
There is also an unmet medical need to treat neuropathic pain and
other sodium channel associated pathological states effectively and
without adverse side effects. The present invention provides
methods to meet these critical needs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0027] The present invention is directed to spiro-oxindole
compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds
and methods of using the compounds and the pharmaceutical
compositions of the invention for the treatment and/or prevention
of sodium channel-mediated diseases or conditions, such as pain.
The present invention is also directed to methods of using the
compounds of the invention and pharmaceutical compositions
comprising the compounds of the invention for the treatment of
other sodium channel-mediated diseases or conditions, including,
but not limited to central nervous conditions such as epilepsy,
anxiety, depression and bipolar disease; cardiovascular conditions
such as arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation and ventricular
fibrillation; neuromuscular conditions such as restless leg
syndrome, essential tremour and muscle paralysis or tetanus;
neuroprotection against stroke, glaucoma, neural trauma and
multiple sclerosis; and channelopathies such as erythromyalgia and
familial rectal pain syndrome. The present invention is also
directed to the use of the compounds of the invention and
pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the
invention for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases or
conditions, such as hypercholesterolemia, benign prostatic
hyperplasia, pruritis, and cancer.
[0028] Accordingly, in one aspect, this invention is directed to
compounds of formula (I):
##STR00001##
wherein: [0029] n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; [0030] R.sup.1 is hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and heterocyclylalkyl
(optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7); [0031] R.sup.2 is
hydrogen; [0032] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; [0033] or
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally substituted
by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; [0034] R.sup.4 is selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl
and optionally substituted aralkyl; [0035] each R.sup.5 is
independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain, an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkenylene chain and an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkynylene chain; [0036] R.sup.6
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
--C(O)R.sup.7; and [0037] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl,
optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl; as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug
thereof.
[0038] In another aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical
compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and
a compound of formula (I), as described above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
[0039] In another aspect, the invention provides methods for the
treatment of pain in a mammal, preferably a human, wherein the
methods comprise administering to the mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, as
set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof
or mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate
or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, as
set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof
or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate
or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient.
[0040] In another aspect, the present invention provides a method
for treating or lessening the severity of a disease, condition, or
disorder in a mammal where activation or hyperactivity of one or
more of Na.sub.V1.1, Na.sub.V1.2, Na.sub.V1.3, Na.sub.V1.4,
Na.sub.V1.5, Na.sub.V1.6, Na.sub.V1.7, Na.sub.V1.8, or Na.sub.V1.9
is implicated in the disease, condition or disorder,
[0041] wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in
need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of
the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0042] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of
treating a range of sodium channel-mediated diseases or conditions
in a mammal, for example, pain associated with HIV, HIV treatment
induced neuropathy, trigeminal neuralgia, post-herpetic neuralgia,
eudynia, heat sensitivity, tosarcoidosis, irritable bowel syndrome,
Crohns disease, pain associated with multiple sclerosis (MS),
amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), diabetic neuropathy,
peripheral neuropathy, arthritic, rheumatoid arthritis,
osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, paroxysmal dystonia, myasthenia
syndromes, myotonia, malignant hyperthermia, cystic fibrosis,
pseudoaldosteronism, rhabdomyolysis, hypothyroidism, bipolar
depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, sodium channel toxin related
illnesses, familial erythermalgia, primary erythermalgia, familial
rectal pain, cancer, epilepsy, partial and general tonic seizures,
restless leg syndrome, arrhythmias, fibromyalgia, neuroprotection
under ischaemic conditions caused by stroke, glaucoma or neural
trauma, tachy-arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation and ventricular
fibrillation, wherein the methods comprise administering to the
mammal in need thereof, preferably a human, a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth
above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, as
set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof
or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate
or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient.
[0043] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of
treating a range of sodium channel-mediated diseases or conditions
in a mammal, preferably a human, by the inhibition of ion flux
through a voltage-dependent sodium channel in the mammal, wherein
the methods comprise administering to the mammal in need thereof a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, as
set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof
or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate
or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, as
set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof
or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate
or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient.
[0044] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of
treating or preventing hypercholesterolemia in a mammal, preferably
a human, wherein the methods comprise administering to the mammal
in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of
the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0045] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of
treating or preventing benign prostatic hyperplasia in a mammal,
preferably a human, wherein the methods comprise administering to
the mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0046] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of
treating or preventing pruritis in a mammal, preferably a human,
wherein the methods comprise administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the
invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0047] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of
treating or preventing cancer in a mammal, preferably a human,
wherein the methods comprise administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the
invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0048] In another aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical
therapy in combination with one or more other compounds of the
invention or one or more other accepted therapies or as any
combination thereof to increase the potency of an existing or
future drug therapy or to decrease the adverse events associated
with the accepted therapy. In one embodiment, the present invention
relates to a pharmaceutical composition combining compounds of the
present invention with established or future therapies for the
indications listed in the invention.
[0049] In another aspect, this invention is directed to the use of
the compounds of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
or the use of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a compound of the
invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, in the preparation of
a medicament for the treatment of sodium channel-mediated diseases
or conditions in a mammal.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
[0050] Certain chemical groups named herein may be preceded by a
shorthand notation indicating the total number of carbon atoms that
are to be found in the indicated chemical group. For example;
C.sub.7-C.sub.12alkyl describes an alkyl group, as defined below,
having a total of 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and
C.sub.4-C.sub.12cycloalkylalkyl describes a cycloalkylalkyl group,
as defined below, having a total of 4 to 12 carbon atoms. The total
number of carbons in the shorthand notation does not include
carbons that may exist in substituents of the group described.
[0051] In addition to the foregoing, as used in the specification
and appended claims, unless specified to the contrary, the
following terms have the meaning indicated:
[0052] "Amino" refers to the --NH.sub.2 radical.
[0053] "Cyano" refers to the --CN radical.
[0054] "Hydroxy" refers to the --OH radical.
[0055] "Imino" refers to the .dbd.NH substituent.
[0056] "Nitro" refers to the --NO.sub.2 radical.
[0057] "Oxo" refers to the .dbd.O substituent.
[0058] "Thioxo" refers to the .dbd.S substituent.
[0059] "Trifluoromethyl" refers to the --CF.sub.3 radical.
[0060] "Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain
radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing
no unsaturation, having from one to twelve carbon atoms, preferably
one to eight carbon atoms or one to six carbon atoms, and which is
attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g.,
methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl(iso-propyl), n-butyl,
n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl(t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl,
and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the
specification, an alkyl group may be optionally substituted by one
of the following groups: alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkenyl, cyano,
nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo,
trimethylsilanyl, --OR.sup.20, --OC(O)--R.sup.20,
--N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.20, --C(O)OR.sup.20,
--C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22, --N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t
is 1 to 2), --S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), and
--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2) where each
R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,
heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl,
haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0061] "Alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain
radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms,
containing at least one double bond, having from two to twelve
carbon atoms, preferably two to eight carbon atoms and which is
attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g.,
ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl, penta-1,4-dienyl,
and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the
specification, an alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by
one of the following groups: alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkenyl,
cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo,
trimethylsilanyl, --OR.sup.20, --OC(O)--R.sup.20,
--N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.20, --C(O)OR.sup.20,
--C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22, --N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t
is 1 to 2), --S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), and
--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2) where each
R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,
heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl,
haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0062] "Alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain
radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms,
containing at least one triple bond, having from two to twelve
carbon atoms, preferably one to eight carbon atoms and which is
attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g.,
ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Unless
stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynyl
group is optionally substituted by one or more of the following
groups: alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, aryl,
cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, trimethylsilanyl,
--OR.sup.20, --OC(O)--R.sup.20, --N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--C(O)R.sup.20, --C(O)OR.sup.20, --C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22)--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t
is 1 to 2), --S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), or
--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2), where each
R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,
heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl,
haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0063] "Alkylene" or "alkylene chain" refers to a straight or
branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the
molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and
hydrogen, containing no unsaturation and having from one to twelve
carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene, and
the like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the
molecule through a single bond and to the radical group through a
single bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain to the
rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be through one
carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwise
specifically in the specification, an alkylene chain may be
optionally substituted by one of the following groups: alkyl,
alkenyl, halo, haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, trimethylsilanyl, --OR.sup.20,
--OC(O)--R.sup.20, --N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.20,
--C(O)OR.sup.20, --C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22, --N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2), --S(O).sub.pR.sup.22
(where p is 0 to 2), and --S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is
1 to 2) where each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl,
haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; and
each R.sup.22 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl.
[0064] "Alkenylene" or "alkenylene chain" refers to a straight or
branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the
molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and
hydrogen, containing at least one double bond and having from two
to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., ethenylene, propenylene,
n-butenylene, and the like. The alkenylene chain is attached to the
rest of the molecule through a single bond and to the radical group
through a double bond or a single bond. The points of attachment of
the alkenylene chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical
group can be through one carbon or any two carbons within the
chain. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification,
an alkenylene chain may be optionally substituted by one of the
following groups: alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro,
aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, trimethylsilanyl,
--OR.sup.20, --OC(O)--R.sup.20, --N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--C(O)R.sup.20, --C(O)OR.sup.20, --C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22, --N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2), --S(O).sub.pR.sup.22
(where p is 0 to 2), and --S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is
1 to 2) where each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl,
haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; and
each R.sup.22 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl.
[0065] "Alkynylene" or "alkynylene chain" refers to a straight or
branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the
molecule to a radical group, consisting solely of carbon and
hydrogen, containing at least one triple bond and having from two
to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., propynylene, n-butynylene, and the
like. The alkynylene chain is attached to the rest of the molecule
through a single bond and to the radical group through a double
bond or a single bond. The points of attachment of the alkynylene
chain to the rest of the molecule and to the radical group can be
through one carbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless
stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkynylene
chain may be optionally substituted by one of the following groups:
alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, aryl, cycloalkyl,
heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, oxo, trimethylsilanyl, --OR.sup.20,
--OC(O)--R.sup.20, --N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --C(O)R.sup.20,
--C(O)OR.sup.20, --C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22, --N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2), --S(O).sub.pR.sup.22
(where p is 0 to 2), and S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1
to 2) where each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl,
haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,
heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; and
each R.sup.22 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl,
aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl.
[0066] "Aryl" refers to a hydrocarbon ring system radical
comprising hydrogen, 6 to 18 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic
ring. For purposes of this invention, the aryl radical may be a
monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which
may included fused or bridged ring systems. Aryl radicals include,
but are not limited to, aryl radicals derived from aceanthrylene,
acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene,
chrysene, fluoranthene, fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane,
indene, naphthalene, phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene,
and triphenylene. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the
specification, an aryl group may be optionally substituted by one
or more substituents independently selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, cyano,
nitro, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl,
--R.sup.21--OR.sup.20, --R.sup.21--OC(O)--R.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20).sub.2, --R.sup.21--C(O)R.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--C(O)OR.sup.20, --R.sup.21--C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--N.dbd.C(OR.sup.20)R.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), and
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2) where
each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R.sup.21 is
independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or
alkenylene chain; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0067] "Aralkyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.b--R.sub.c where R.sub.b is an alkylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.c is one or more aryl radicals as defined above,
for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl and the like. The alkylene
chain part of the aralkyl radical may be optionally substituted as
described above for an alkylene chain. The aryl part of the aralkyl
radical may be optionally substituted as described above for an
aryl group.
[0068] "Aralkenyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.d--R.sub.c where R.sub.d is an alkenylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.c is one or more aryl radicals as defined above.
The aryl part of the aralkenyl radical may be optionally
substituted as described above for an aryl group. The alkenylene
chain part of the aralkenyl radical may be optionally substituted
as defined above for an alkenylene group.
[0069] "Cycloalkyl" refers to a stable non-aromatic monocyclic or
polycyclic hydrocarbon radical consisting solely of carbon and
hydrogen atoms, which may include fused or bridged ring systems,
having from three to fifteen carbon atoms, preferably having from
three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturated or unsaturated
and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond.
Monocyclic radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,
cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptly, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic
radicals include, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl,
7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Unless otherwise
stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group may be
optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, halo,
haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, cyano, nitro, oxo, aryl, aralkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl,
heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, --R.sup.21--OR.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--OC(O)--R.sup.20, --R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--C(O)R.sup.20, --R.sup.21--C(O)OR.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--N.dbd.C(OR.sup.20)R.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), and
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2) where
each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R.sup.21 is
independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or
alkenylene chain; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0070] "Cycloalkylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.bR.sub.g where R.sub.b is an alkylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.g is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above. The
alkylene chain and the cycloalkyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above.
[0071] "Cycloalkylalkenyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.dR.sub.g where R.sub.d is an alkenylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.g is a cycloalkyl radical as defined above.
[0072] The alkenylene chain and the cycloalkyl radical may be
optionally substituted as defined above.
[0073] "Fused" refers to any ring system described herein which is
fused to an existing ring structure in the compounds of the
invention. When the fused ring system is a heterocyclyl or a
heteroaryl, any carbon in the existing ring structure which becomes
part of the fused ring system may be replaced with a nitrogen.
[0074] "Halo" refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.
[0075] "Haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above,
that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above,
e.g., trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl,
2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl,
3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1-bromomethyl-2-bromoethyl, and the like.
The alkyl part of the haloalkyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above for an alkyl group.
[0076] "Haloalkenyl" refers to an alkenyl radical, as defined
above, that is substituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined
above. The alkenyl part of the haloalkyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above for an alkenyl group.
[0077] "Heterocyclyl" refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered
non-aromatic ring radical which consists of two to twelve carbon
atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from the group
consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise
specifically in the specification, the heterocyclyl radical may be
a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which
may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon
or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionally
oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the
heterocyclyl radical may be partially or fully saturated. Examples
of such heterocyclyl radicals include, but are not limited to,
dioxolanyl, dioxinyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl,
imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl,
morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl,
2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl,
oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl,
pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl,
tetrahydrofuryl, trioxanyl, trithianyl, triazinanyl,
tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl,
1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Unless stated
otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocyclyl group
may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected
from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl,
haloalkenyl, cyano, oxo, thioxo, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --R.sup.21--OR.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--OC(O)--R.sup.20, --R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--C(O)R.sup.20, --R.sup.21--C(O)OR.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--N.dbd.C(OR.sup.20)R.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), and
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2) where
each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R.sup.21 is
independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or
alkenylene chain; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0078] "O-heterocyclyl" refers to a heterocyclyl radical as defined
above containing at least one oxygen. An O-heterocyclyl radical may
be optionally substituted as described above for heterocyclyl
radicals.
[0079] "Heterocyclylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--RhR.sub.h where R.sub.b is an alkylene chain as defined above and
R.sub.h is a heterocyclyl radical as defined above, and if the
heterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the
heterocyclyl may be attached to the alkyl radical at the nitrogen
atom. The alkylene chain of the heterocyclylalkyl radical may be
optionally substituted as defined above for an alkyene chain. The
heterocyclyl part of the heterocyclylalkyl radical may be
optionally substituted as defined above for a heterocyclyl
group.
[0080] "Heterocyclylalkenyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.dR.sub.h where R.sub.d is an alkenylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.h is a heterocyclyl radical as defined above, and
if the heterocyclyl is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the
heterocyclyl may be attached to the alkenylene chain at the
nitrogen atom. The alkenylene chain of the heterocyclylalkenyl
radical may be optionally substituted as defined above for an
alkenylene chain. The heterocyclyl part of the heterocyclylalkenyl
radical may be optionally substituted as defined above for a
heterocyclyl group.
[0081] "Heteroaryl" refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system
radical comprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms,
one to six heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of
nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For
purposes of this invention, the heteroaryl radical may be a
monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which
may include fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon
or sulfur atoms in the heteroaryl radical may be optionally
oxidized;
[0082] the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. Examples
include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl,
benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzindolyl, benzodioxolyl,
benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl,
benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl,
benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzopyranyl,
benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl,
benzothienyl(benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl,
benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, benzoxazolinonyl,
benzimidazolthionyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl,
dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl,
indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl,
isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl,
2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl,
1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridazinyl,
1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl,
phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, pteridinonyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl,
pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridinonyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl,
pryrimidinonyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinonyl,
quinazolinyl, quinazolinonyl, quinoxalinyl, quinoxalinonyl,
quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl,
thiadiazolyl, thieno[3,2-c]pyrimidin-4-onyl,
thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-onyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl,
and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). Unless stated otherwise specifically
in the specification, a heteroaryl group may be optionally
substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, cyano,
oxo, thioxo, nitro, thioxo, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,
heteroarylalkyl, --R.sup.21--OR.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--OC(O)--R.sup.20, --R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--C(O)R.sup.20, --R.sup.21--C(O)OR.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--C(O)N(R.sup.20).sub.2,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)OR.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)C(O)R.sup.22,
--R.sup.21--N(R.sup.20)S(O).sub.tR.sup.22 (where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--N.dbd.C(OR.sup.20)R.sup.20,
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tOR.sup.22 where t is 1 to 2),
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.pR.sup.22 (where p is 0 to 2), and
--R.sup.21--S(O).sub.tN(R.sup.20).sub.2 (where t is 1 to 2) where
each R.sup.20 is independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; each R.sup.21 is
independently a direct bond or a straight or branched alkylene or
alkenylene chain; and each R.sup.22 is alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
[0083] "N-heteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl radical as defined
above containing at least one nitrogen and where the point of
attachment of the heteroaryl radical to the rest of the molecule is
through a nitrogen atom in the heteroaryl radical. An N-heteroaryl
radical may be optionally substituted as described above for
heteroaryl radicals.
[0084] "Heteroarylalkyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.bR.sub.i, where R.sub.b is an alkylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.i is a heteroaryl radical as defined above. The
heteroaryl part of the heteroarylalkyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above for a heteroaryl group. The alkylene
chain part of the heteroarylalkyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above for an alkylene chain.
[0085] "Heteroarylalkenyl" refers to a radical of the formula
--R.sub.dR.sup.i where R.sub.d is an alkenylene chain as defined
above and R.sub.i is a heteroaryl radical as defined above. The
heteroaryl part of the heteroarylalkenyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above for a heteroaryl group. The alkenylene
chain part of the heteroarylalkenyl radical may be optionally
substituted as defined above for an alkenylene chain.
[0086] "Analgesia" refers to an absence of pain in response to a
stimulus that would normally be painful.
[0087] "Allodynia" refers to a condition in which a normally
innocuous sensation, such as pressure or light touch, is perceived
as being extremely painful.
[0088] "Prodrugs" is meant to indicate a compound that may be
converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a
biologically active compound of the invention. Thus, the term
"prodrug" refers to a metabolic precursor of a compound of the
invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be
inactive when administered to a subject in need thereof, but is
converted in vivo to an active compound of the invention. Prodrugs
are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent
compound of the invention, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. The
prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue
compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see,
Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier,
Amsterdam)). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T.,
et al., "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," A.C.S. Symposium
Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Ed.
Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon
Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated in full by reference
herein.
[0089] The term "prodrug" is also meant to include any covalently
bonded carriers, which release the active compound of the invention
in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
Prodrugs of a compound of the invention may be prepared by
modifying functional groups present in the compound of the
invention in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either
in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound of the
invention. Prodrugs include compounds of the invention wherein a
hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when
the prodrug of the compound of the invention is administered to a
mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or
free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include,
but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives
of alcohol or amide derivatives of amine functional groups in the
compounds of the invention and the like.
[0090] The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass
all pharmaceutically acceptable compounds of the invention being
isotopically-labelled by having one or more atoms replaced by an
atom having a different atomic mass or mass number. Examples of
isotopes that can be incorporated into the disclosed compounds
include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen,
phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as .sup.2H,
.sup.3H, .sup.11C, .sup.13C, .sup.14C, .sup.13N, .sup.15N,
.sup.15O, .sup.17O, .sup.18O, .sup.31P, .sup.32P, .sup.35S,
.sup.18F, .sup.36Cl, .sup.123I, and .sup.125I, respectively. These
radiolabelled compounds could be useful to help determine or
measure the effectiveness of the compounds, by characterizing, for
example, the site or mode of action on the sodium channels, or
binding affinity to pharmacologically important site of action on
the sodium channels. Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the
invention, for example, those incorporating a radioactive isotope,
are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. .sup.3H, and carbon-14, i.e.
.sup.14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their
ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Substitution
with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. .sup.2H, may afford
certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic
stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced
dosage requirements, and hence may be preferred in some
circumstances.
[0091] Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as
.sup.11C, .sup.18F, .sup.15O and .sup.13N, can be useful in
Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate
receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention
can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those
skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in
the Preparations and Examples as set out below using an appropriate
isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent
previously employed.
[0092] The invention disclosed herein is also meant to encompass
the in vivo metabolic products of the disclosed compounds. Such
products may result from, for example, the oxidation, reducation,
hydrolysis, amidation, esterification, and the like of the
administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes.
Accordingly, the invention includes compounds produced by a process
comprising contacting a compound of this invention with a mammal
for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product
thereof. Such products are typically are identified by
administering a radiolabelled compound of the invention in a
detectable dose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig,
monkey, or to human, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to
occur, and isolating its coversion products from the urine, blood
or other biological samples.
[0093] "Stable compound" and "stable structure" are meant to
indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive
isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and
formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
[0094] "Mammal" includes humans and both domestic animals such as
laboratory animals and household pets, (e.g. cats, dogs, swine,
cattle, sheep, goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals
such as wildelife and the like.
[0095] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently
described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the
description includes instances where said event or circumstance
occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "optionally
substituted aryl" means that the aryl radical may or may not be
substituted and that the description includes both substituted aryl
radicals and aryl radicals having no substitution. When a
functional group is described as "optionally substituted," and in
turn, substitutents on the functional group are also "optionally
substituted" and so on, for the purposes of this invention, such
iterations are limited to five, preferably such iterations are
limited to two.
[0096] "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient"
includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient,
glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant,
flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent,
suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or
emulsifier which has been approved by the United States Food and
Drug Administration as being acceptable for use in humans or
domestic animals.
[0097] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" includes both acid and
base addition salts.
[0098] "Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt" refers to
those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and
properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or
otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids
such as, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic
acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and
organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic acid,
2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid,
aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid,
4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor-10-sulfonic acid,
capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic
acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid,
ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid,
2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric
acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic
acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid, 2-oxo-glutaric acid,
glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, isobutyric
acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid,
malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid,
mucic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic
acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, oleic acid,
orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, propionic
acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid,
4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid,
tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid,
trifluoroacetic acid, undecylenic acid, and the like.
[0099] "Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt" refers to
those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and
properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or
otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an
inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived
from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium,
potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc,
copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic
salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium
salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not
limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines,
substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted
amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as
ammonia, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine,
triethylamine, tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine,
deanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol,
dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine,
hydrabamine, choline, betaine, benethamine, benzathine,
ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine,
triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines, piperazine, piperidine,
N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. Particularly
preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine,
ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline and
caffeine.
[0100] Often crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of
the invention. As used herein, the term "solvate" refers to an
aggregate that comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the
invention with one or more molecules of solvent. The solvent may be
water, in which case the solvate may be a hydrate. Alternatively,
the solvent may be an organic solvent. Thus, the compounds of the
present invention may exist as a hydrate, including a monohydrate,
dihydrate, hemihydrate, sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and
the like, as well as the corresponding solvated forms. The compound
of the invention may be true solvates, while in other cases, the
compound of the invention may merely retain adventitious water or
be a mixture of water plus some adventitious solvent.
[0101] A "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a formulation of a
compound of the invention and a medium generally accepted in the
art for the delivery of the biologically active compound to
mammals, e.g., humans. Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically
acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients therefor.
[0102] "Therapeutically effective amount" refers to that amount of
a compound of the invention which, when administered to a mammal,
preferably a human, is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined
below, of a sodium channel-mediated disease or condition in the
mammal, preferably a human. The amount of a compound of the
invention which constitutes a "therapeutically effective amount"
will vary depending on the compound, the condition and its
severity, the manner of administration, and the age of the mammal
to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary
skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this
disclosure.
[0103] "Treating" or "treatment" as used herein covers the
treatment of the disease or condition of interest in a mammal,
preferably a human, having the disease or condition of interest,
and includes:
[0104] (a) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a
mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the
condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it;
[0105] (b) inhibiting the disease or condition, i.e., arresting its
development;
[0106] (c) relieving the disease or condition, i.e., causing
regression of the disease or condition; or
[0107] (d) relieving the symptoms resulting from the disease or
condition, i.e., relieving pain without addressing the underlying
disease or condition.
[0108] As used herein, the terms "disease" and "condition" may be
used interchangeably or may be different in that the particular
malady or condition may not have a known causative agent (so that
etiology has not yet been worked out) and it is therefore not yet
recognized as a disease but only as an undesirable condition or
syndrome, wherein a more or less specific set of symptoms have been
identified by clinicians.
[0109] The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically
acceptable salts may contain one or more asymmetric centres and may
thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other
stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute
stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as (D)- or (L)- for amino
acids. The present invention is meant to include all such possible
isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms.
Optically active (+) and (-), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and
(L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral
reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques, for example,
chromatography and fractional crystallisation. Conventional
techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers
include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor
or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or
derivative) using, for example, chiral high pressure liquid
chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds described herein contain
olefinic double bonds or other centres of geometric asymmetry, and
unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds
include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric
forms are also intended to be included.
[0110] A "stereoisomer" refers to a compound made up of the same
atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different
three-dimensional structures, which are not interchangeable. The
present invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures
thereof and includes "enantiomers", which refers to two
stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeable mirror images
of one another.
[0111] A "tautomer" refers to a proton shift from one atom of a
molecule to another atom of the same molecule. The present
invention includes tautomers of any said compounds.
[0112] Also within the scope of the invention are all polymorphs of
the aforementioned species and crystal habits thereof.
[0113] The chemical naming protocol and structure diagrams used
herein are a modified form of the I.U.P.A.C. nomenclature system,
using the ACD/Name Version 9.07 software program, wherein the
compounds of the invention are named herein as derivatives of a
central core structure, e.g., the 2-oxindole structure. For complex
chemical names employed herein, a substituent group is named before
the group to which it attaches. For example, cyclopropylethyl
comprises an ethyl backbone with cyclopropyl substituent. In
chemical structure diagrams, all bonds are identified, except for
some carbon atoms, which are assumed to be bonded to sufficient
hydrogen atoms to complete the valency.
[0114] Thus, for example, a compound of formula (I) wherein n is 0,
R.sup.1 is tetrahydrofuranylmethyl, R.sup.2 is hydrogen and R.sup.3
is --O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 where R.sup.7 is 1-methylethyl; i.e., a
compound of the following formula:
##STR00002##
is named herein as
1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spir-
o[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one.
Embodiments of the Invention
[0115] Of the various aspects of the invention set forth above in
the Summary of the Invention, certain embodiments are
preferred.
[0116] One embodiment of the invention is a compound of formula
(I), as set forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
Of this embodiment, a preferred embodiment is wherein the compound
of formula (I) is a compound of formula (I), as set forth above in
the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt.
[0117] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0118] n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; [0119] R.sup.1 is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR',
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
[0120] R.sup.2 is hydrogen; [0121] R.sup.3 is selected from the
group consisting of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; [0122]
R.sup.4 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halo,
haloalkyl, aryl and aralkyl; [0123] each R.sup.5 is independently
selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted
straight or branched alkylene chain, an optionally substituted
straight or branched alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted
straight or branched alkynylene chain; [0124] R.sup.6 is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0125]
each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted
aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted
cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally
substituted heterocyclyl.
[0126] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0127] n is 0; [0128] R.sup.1 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
[0129] R.sup.2 is hydrogen; [0130] R.sup.3 is selected from the
group consisting of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; [0131]
each R.sup.5 is an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; [0132] R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0133] each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and
optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[0134] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0135] n is 0; [0136] R.sup.1 is hydrogen; [0137] R.sup.2
is hydrogen; [0138] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting
of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3;
[0139] R.sup.5 is an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; [0140] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
[0141] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0142]
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one;
and [0143]
6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne.
[0144] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0145] n is 0; [0146] R.sup.1 is diphenylmethyl; [0147]
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; [0148] R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; [0149] R.sup.5 is an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; [0150] R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl
and optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[0151] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0152] n is 0; [0153] R.sup.1 is diphenylmethyl; [0154]
R.sup.2 is hydrogen; [0155] R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8; [0156] R.sup.5 is an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; [0157] R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen and alkyl.
[0158] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-2'(1'H)-one.
[0159] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0160] n is 0; [0161] R.sup.1 is heterocyclylalkyl
(optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7); [0162] R.sup.2 is
hydrogen; [0163] R.sup.3 is selected from the group consisting of
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; [0164]
each R.sup.5 is an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; and [0165] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally
substituted heterocyclyl.
[0166] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0167] n is 0; [0168] R.sup.1 is tetrahydrofuranylmethyl;
[0169] R.sup.2 is hydrogen; [0170] R.sup.3 is selected from the
group consisting of --O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--Si(R.sup.7).sub.3 and --N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2; [0171]
each R.sup.5 is straight or branched alkylene chain; and [0172]
each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
[0173] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0174]
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethy]-6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spir-
o[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; [0175]
N-(methylsulfonyl)-N-{2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-d-
ihydrospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}methanesulfonamide;
[0176] tert-butyl
[1-methyl-2-({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrosp-
iro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)ethyl]carbamate; [0177]
6-(2-aminopropoxy)-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1H)-one hydrochloride; [0178]
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-b-
enzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; [0179]
methyl({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1--
benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetate; and [0180]
({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzof-
uran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetic acid.
[0181] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0182] n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; [0183] R.sup.1 is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
[0184] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally
substituted by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; [0185] R.sup.4 is selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted
aryl and optionally substituted aralkyl; [0186] each R.sup.5 is
independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain, an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkenylene chain and an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkynylene chain; [0187] R.sup.6
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
--C(O)R.sup.7; and [0188] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl,
optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[0189] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0190] n is 0 or 1; [0191] R.sup.1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
[0192] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring optionally
substituted by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; [0193] R.sup.4 is selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, optionally substituted
aryl and optionally substituted aralkyl; [0194] each R.sup.5 is
independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain, an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkenylene chain and an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkynylene chain; [0195] R.sup.6
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
--C(O)R.sup.7; and [0196] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,
optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl,
optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted
cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted heterocyclyl.
[0197] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0198] n is 0 or 1; [0199] R.sup.1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen,
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, diphenylmethyl,
aralkyl (optionally substituted with a substituent selected from
the group consisting of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
[0200] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; [0201] R.sup.4 is
selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl,
optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted aralkyl;
[0202] each R.sup.5 is independently selected from the group
consisting of an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain, an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkenylene chain and an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkynylene chain; [0203] R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0204] each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally substituted
heterocyclyl.
[0205] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0206] n is 0 or 1; [0207] R.sup.1 is
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.5; [0208] R.sup.2 and
R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached, form
a fused [1,3]-dioxolyl; [0209] R.sup.4 is halo; [0210] R.sup.5 is
an optionally substituted straight or branched alkylene chain;
[0211] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0212] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl
and optionally substituted cycloalkyl.
[0213] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0214]
N'-hydroxy-3-(2'-oxo-6H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-d][1,3]dioxole-7,3'-indoline]-
-1'-yl)propanimidamide; [0215]
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)-N'-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy]ethanimidamide; and [0216]
(1Z)-N'-hydroxy-2-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)ethanimidamide.
[0217] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0218] n is 0; [0219] R.sup.1 is aralkyl optionally
substituted with a substituent selected from --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8;
[0220] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; [0221] each R.sup.5 is
independently selected from the group consisting of an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; and [0222] each
R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, optionally substituted
aryl, optionally substituted aralkyl, optionally substituted
cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, and optionally
substituted heterocyclyl.
[0223] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0224] n is 0; [0225] R.sup.1 is benzyl optionally
substituted with a substituent selected from --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8;
[0226] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused[1,3]-dioxolyl; [0227] R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are each independently selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen and optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl.
[0228] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0229] tert-butyl
(3R)-3-({4-[(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)methyl]phenyl}-amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate; [0230]
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one, and [0231]
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride.
[0232] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0233] n is 0; [0234] R.sup.1 is aralkyl (optionally
substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting
of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and
--S(O)R.sup.7) and heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with
--C(O)R.sup.7); [0235] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the
carbons to which they are attached, form a fused dihydrofuranyl
optionally substituted by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; [0236] each R.sup.5 is
independently an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; [0237] R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0238] each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl.
[0239] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0240] n is 0; [0241] R.sup.1 is benzyl optionally
substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting
of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.6--C(O)OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and
--S(O)R.sup.7; [0242] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the
carbons to which they are attached, form a fused dihydrofuranyl
optionally substituted by .dbd.NOR.sup.7; [0243] each R.sup.5 is
independently an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; [0244] R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0245] each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl.
[0246] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0247]
N'-hydroxy-4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide; [0248]
N'-hydroxy-3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide; [0249]
2-{3-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide; [0250]
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide; [0251] ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate; [0252]
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid; [0253]
2-(4-((2'-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-b]furan-3,3'-indoline]-1-
'-yl)methyl)phenoxy)acetic acid; [0254]
N-methyl-2-{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-i-
ndol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide; and [0255]
1'-[4-(methylsulfinyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one.
[0256] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0257] n is 0; [0258] R.sup.1 is independently selected
from the group consisting of pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl (optionally
substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7) and tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl;
[0259] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused dihydrofuranyl optionally substituted by
.dbd.NOR.sup.7; [0260] each R.sup.5 is independently an optionally
substituted straight or branched alkylene chain; [0261] each
R.sup.7 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl.
[0262] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0263]
1'-{[(2S)-1-acetylpyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl}-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,-
4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; and [0264]
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione 5-oxime.
[0265] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0266] n is 0; [0267] R.sup.1 is aralkyl (optionally
substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting
of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7) and
heterocyclylalkyl (optionally substituted with --C(O)R.sup.7);
[0268] R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they
are attached, form a fused [1,4]-dioxinyl; [0269] each R.sup.5 is
independently an optionally substituted straight or branched
alkylene chain; [0270] R.sup.6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0271] each R.sup.7
and R.sup.8 is independently selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen and alkyl.
[0272] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
wherein: [0273] n is 0; [0274] R.sup.1 is benzyl optionally
substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting
of --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8, --C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--OR.sup.7, --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7,
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8,
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 and --S(O)R.sup.7; [0275] R.sup.2
and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are attached,
form a fused [1,4]-dioxinyl; [0276] each R.sup.5 is independently
an optionally substituted straight or branched alkylene chain;
[0277] R.sup.6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
and --C(O)R.sup.7; and [0278] each R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is
independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
alkyl.
[0279] Another embodiment is a compound of formula (I), as set
forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which
is selected from the group consisting of: [0280]
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide; [0281]
1'-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; [0282]
1'-{4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]b-
enzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one; [0283] ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate; [0284]
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid; and [0285]
1'-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one.
[0286] Another embodiment of the invention is a method of treating,
preventing or ameliorating a disease or a condition in a mammal,
preferably a human, wherein the disease or condition is selected
from the group consisting of pain, depression, cardiovascular
diseases, respiratory diseases, and psychiatric diseases, and
combinations thereof, and wherein the method comprises
administering to the mammal in need thereof a therapeutically
effective amount of an embodiment of a compound of the invention,
as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer
thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
solvate or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the
invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or
tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient.
[0287] One embodiment of this embodiment is wherein the disease or
condition is selected from the group consisting of neuropathic
pain, inflammatory pain, visceral pain, cancer pain, chemotherapy
pain, trauma pain, surgical pain, post-surgical pain, childbirth
pain, labor pain, neurogenic bladder, ulcerative colitis, chronic
pain, persistent pain, peripherally mediated pain, centrally
mediated pain, chronic headache, migraine headache, sinus headache,
tension headache, phantom limb pain, peripheral nerve injury, and
combinations thereof.
[0288] Another embodiment of this embodiment is wherein the disease
or condition is selected from the group consisting of pain
associated with HIV, HIV treatment induced neuropathy, trigeminal
neuralgia, post-herpetic neuralgia, eudynia, heat sensitivity,
tosarcoidosis, irritable bowel syndrome, Crohns disease, pain
associated with multiple sclerosis (MS), amyotrophic lateral
sclerosis (ALS), diabetic neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy,
arthritic, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis,
paroxysmal dystonia, myasthenia syndromes, myotonia, malignant
hyperthermia, cystic fibrosis, pseudoaldosteronism, rhabdomyolysis,
hypothyroidism, bipolar depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, sodium
channel toxin related illnesses, familial erythermalgia, primary
erythermalgia, familial rectal pain, cancer, epilepsy, partial and
general tonic seizures, restless leg syndrome, arrhythmias,
fibromyalgia, neuroprotection under ischaemic conditions caused by
stroke or neural trauma, tachy-arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation and
ventricular fibrillation.
[0289] Another embodiment of the invention is the method of
treating pain in a mammal, preferably a human, by the inhibition of
ion flux through a voltage-dependent sodium channel in the mammal,
wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an embodiment of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0290] Another embodiment of the invention is the method of
treating or preventing hypercholesterolemia in a mammal, preferably
a human, wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal
in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an embodiment
of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth
above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0291] Another embodiment of the invention is the method of
treating or preventing benign prostatic hyperplasia in a mammal,
preferably a human, wherein the method comprises administering to
the mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an
embodiment of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth
above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0292] Another embodiment of the invention is the method of
treating or preventing pruritis in a mammal, preferably a human,
wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an embodiment of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0293] Another embodiment of the invention is the method of
treating or preventing cancer in a mammal, preferably a human,
wherein the method comprises administering to the mammal in need
thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an embodiment of a
compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, or a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention, as set forth above, as a
stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof,
and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0294] Another embodiment of the invention is the method of
decreasing ion flux through a voltage-dependent sodium channel in a
cell in a mammal, wherein the method comprises contacting the cell
with an embodiment of a compound of the invention, as set forth
above, as a stereoisomer, enantiomer or tautomer thereof or
mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or
prodrug thereof.
[0295] Specific embodiments of the compounds of the invention are
described in more detail below in the Preparation of the Compounds
of the Invention.
Utility and Testing of the Compounds of the Invention
[0296] The compounds of the invention modulate, preferably inhibit,
ion flux through a voltage-dependent sodium channel in a mammal,
especially in a human. Any such modulation, whether it be partial
or complete inhibition or prevention of ion flux, is sometimes
referred to herein as "blocking" and corresponding compounds as
"blockers" or "inhibitors". In general, the compounds of the
invention modulate the activity of a sodium channel downwards,
inhibit the voltage-dependent activity of the sodium channel,
and/or reduce or prevent sodium ion flux across a cell membrane by
preventing sodium channel activity such as ion flux.
[0297] The compounds of the invention inhibit the ion flux through
a voltage-dependent sodium channel. Preferably, the compounds are
state or frequency dependent modifers of the sodium channels,
having a low affinity for the rested/closed state and a high
affinity for the inactivated state. These compounds are likely to
interact with overlapping sites located in the inner cavity of the
sodium conducting pore of the channel similar to that described for
other state-dependent sodium channel blockers (Cestele, S., et al.,
op. cit.). These compounds may also be likely to interact with
sites outside of the inner cavity and have allosteric effects on
sodium ion conduction through the channel pore.
[0298] Any of these consequences may ultimately be responsible for
the overall therapeutic benefit provided by these compounds.
[0299] Accordingly, the compounds of the invention are sodium
channel blockers and are therefore useful for treating diseases and
conditions in mammals, preferably humans, and other organisms,
including all those human diseases and conditions which are the
result of aberrant voltage-dependent sodium channel biological
activity or which may be ameliorated by modulation of
voltage-dependent sodium channel biological activity.
[0300] As defined herein, a sodium channel-mediated disease or
condition refers to a disease or condition in a mammal, preferably
a human, which is ameliorated upon modulation of the sodium channel
and includes, but is not limited to, pain, central nervous
conditions such as epilepsy, anxiety, depression and bipolar
disease; cardiovascular conditions such as arrhythmias, atrial
fibrillation and ventricular fibrillation; neuromuscular conditions
such as restless leg syndrome and muscle paralysis or tetanus;
neuroprotection against stroke, neural trauma and multiple
sclerosis; and channelopathies such as erythromyalgia and familial
rectal pain syndrome.
[0301] The present invention therefore relates to compounds,
pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using the compounds and
pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of sodium
channel-mediated diseases in mammals, preferably humans and
preferably diseases related to pain, central nervous conditions
such as epilepsy, anxiety, depression and bipolar disease;
cardiovascular conditions such as arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation
and ventricular fibrillation; neuromuscular conditions such as
restless leg syndrome and muscle paralysis or tetanus;
neuroprotection against stroke, neural trauma and multiple
sclerosis; and channelopathies such as erythromyalgia and familial
rectal pain syndrome, by administering to a mammal, preferably a
human, in need of such treatment an effective amount of a sodium
channel blocker modulating, especially inhibiting, agent.
[0302] Accordingly, the present invention provides a method for
treating a mammal for, or protecting a mammal from developing, a
sodium channel-mediated disease, especially pain, comprising
administering to the mammal, especially a human, in need thereof, a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention or
a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of a compound of the invention wherein the compound
modulates the activity of one or more voltage-dependent sodium
channels.
[0303] The general value of the compounds of the invention in
mediating, especially inhibiting, the sodium channel ion flux can
be determined using the assays described below in the Biological
Assays section. Alternatively, the general value of the compounds
in treating conditions and diseases in humans may be established in
industry standard animal models for demonstrating the efficacy of
compounds in treating pain. Animal models of human neuropathic pain
conditions have been developed that result in reproducible sensory
deficits (allodynia, hyperalgesia, and spontaneous pain) over a
sustained period of time that can be evaluated by sensory testing.
By establishing the degree of mechanical, chemical, and temperature
induced allodynia and hyperalgesia present, several
physiopathological conditions observed in humans can be modeled
allowing the evaluation of pharmacotherapies.
[0304] In rat models of peripheral nerve injury, ectopic activity
in the injured nerve corresponds to the behavioural signs of pain.
In these models, intravenous application of the sodium channel
blocker and local anesthetic lidocaine can suppress the ectopic
activity and reverse the tactile allodynia at concentrations that
do not affect general behaviour and motor function (Mao, J. and
Chen, L. L, Pain (2000), 87:7-17). Allimetric scaling of the doses
effective in these rat models, translates into doses similar to
those shown to be efficacious in humans (Tanelian, D. L. and Brose,
W. G., Anesthesiology (1991), 74(5):949-951). Furthermore,
Lidoderm.RTM., lidocaine applied in the form of a dermal patch, is
currently an FDA approved treatment for post-herpetic neuralgia
(Devers, A. and Glaler, B. S., Clin. J. Pain (2000),
16(3):205-8).
[0305] A sodium channel-mediated disease or condition also includes
pain associated with HIV, HIV treatment induced neuropathy,
trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia, neuropathy
secondary to metastatic infiltration, adiposis dolorosa, thalamic
lesions, hypertension, autoimmune disease, asthma, drug addiction
(e.g. opiate, benzodiazepine, amphetamine, cocaine, alcohol, butane
inhalation), Alzheimer, dementia, age-related memory impairment,
Korsakoff syndrome, restenosis, urinary dysfunction, incontinence,
Parkinson's disease, cerebrovascular ischemia, neurosis,
gastrointestinal disease, sickle cell anemia, transplant rejection,
heart failure, myocardial infarction, reperfusion injury,
intermittant claudication, angina, convulsion, respiratory
disorders, cerebral or myocardial ischemias, long-QT syndrome,
Catecholeminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia, ophthalmic
diseases, spasticity, spastic paraplegia, myopathies, myasthenia
gravis, paramyotonia congentia, hyperkalemic periodic paralysis,
hypokalemic periodic paralysis, alopecia, anxiety disorders,
psychotic disorders, mania, paranoia, seasonal affective disorder,
panic disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), phobias,
autism, Aspergers Syndrome, Retts syndrome, disintegrative
disorder, attention deficit disorder, aggressivity, impulse control
disorders, thrombosis, pre clampsia, congestive cardiac failure,
cardiac arrest, Freidrich's ataxia, Spinocerebellear ataxia,
myelopathy, radiculopathy, systemic lupus erythamatosis,
granulomatous disease, olivo-ponto-cerebellar atrophy,
spinocerebellar ataxia, episodic ataxia, myokymia, progressive
pallidal atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy and spasticity,
traumatic brain injury, cerebral oedema, hydrocephalus injury,
spinal cord injury, anorexia nervosa, bulimia, Prader-Willi
syndrome, obesity, optic neuritis, cataract, retinal haemorrhage,
ischaemic retinopathy, retinitis pigmentosa, acute and chronic
glaucoma, macular degeneration, retinal artery occlusion, Chorea,
Huntington's chorea, cerebral edema, proctitis, post-herpetic
neuralgia, eudynia, heat sensitivity, sarcoidosis, irritable bowel
syndrome, Tourette syndrome, Lesch-Nyhan Syndrome, Brugado
syndrome, Liddle syndrome, Crohns disease, multiple sclerosis and
the pain associated with multiple sclerosis (MS), amyotrophic
lateral sclerosis (ALS), disseminated sclerosis, diabetic
neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, charcot marie tooth syndrome,
arthritic, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, chondrocalcinosis,
atherosclerosis, paroxysmal dystonia, myasthenia syndromes,
myotonia, myotonic dystrophy, muscular dystrophy, malignant
hyperthermia, cystic fibrosis, pseudoaldosteronism, rhabdomyolysis,
mental handicap, hypothyroidism, bipolar depression, anxiety,
schizophrenia, sodium channel toxin related illnesses, familial
erythermalgia, primary erythermalgia, rectal pain, cancer,
epilepsy, partial and general tonic seizures, febrile seizures,
absence seizures (petit mal), myoclonic seizures, atonic seizures,
clonic seizures, Lennox Gastaut, West Syndome (infantile spasms),
multiresistant seizures, seizure prophylaxis (anti-epileptogenic),
familial Mediterranean fever syndrome, gout, restless leg syndrome,
arrhythmias, fibromyalgia, neuroprotection under ischaemic
conditions caused by stroke or neural trauma, tachy-arrhythmias,
atrial fibrillation and ventricular fibrillation and as a general
or local anaesthetic.
[0306] As used herein, the term "pain" refers to all categories of
pain and is recognized to include, but is not limited to,
neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, nociceptive pain, idiopathic
pain, neuralgic pain, orofacial pain, burn pain, burning mouth
syndrome, somatic pain, visceral pain, myofacial pain, dental pain,
cancer pain, chemotherapy pain, trauma pain, surgical pain,
post-surgical pain, childbirth pain, labor pain, reflex sympathetic
dystrophy, brachial plexus avulsion, neurogenic bladder, acute pain
(e.g. musculoskeletal and post-operative pain), chronic pain,
persistent pain, peripherally mediated pain, centrally mediated
pain, chronic headache, migraine headache, familial hemiplegic
migraine, conditions associated with cephalic pain, sinus headache,
tension headache, phantom limb pain, peripheral nerve injury, pain
following stroke, thalamic lesions, radiculopathy, HIV pain,
post-herpetic pain, non-cardiac chest pain, irritable bowel
syndrome and pain associated with bowel disorders and dyspepsia,
and combinations thereof.
[0307] Sodium channel blockers have clinical uses in addition to
pain. Epilepsy and cardiac arrhythmias are often targets of sodium
channel blockers. Recent evidence from animal models suggest that
sodium channel blockers may also be useful for neuroprotection
under ischaemic conditions caused by stroke or neural trauma and in
patients with multiple sclerosis (MS) (Clare, J. J. et al., op.
cit. and Anger, T. et al., op. cit.).
[0308] The present invention also relates to compounds,
pharmaceutical compositions and methods of using the compounds and
pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment or prevention of
diseases or conditions such as benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH),
hypercholesterolemia, cancer and pruritis (itch).
[0309] Benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), also known as benign
prostatic hypertrophy, is one of the most common diseases affecting
aging men. BPH is a progressive condition which is characterized by
a nodular enlargement of prostatic tissue resulting in obstruction
of the urethra. Consequences of BPH can include hypertrophy of
bladder smooth muscle, a decompensated bladder, acute urinary
retention and an increased incidence of urinary tract
infection.
[0310] BPH has a high public health impact and is one of the most
common reasons for surgical intervention among elderly men.
Attempts have been made to clarify the etiology and pathogenesis
and, to that end, experimental models have been developed.
Spontaneous animal models are limited to the chimpanzee and the
dog. BPH in man and the dog share many common features. In both
species, the development of BPH occurs spontaneously with advanced
age and can be prevented by early/prepubertal castration. A medical
alternative to surgery is very desirable for treating BHP and the
consequences.
[0311] The prostatic epithelial hyperplasia in both man and the dog
is androgen sensitive, undergoing involution with androgen
deprivation and resuming epithelial hyperplasia when androgen is
replaced. Cells originating from the prostate gland have been shown
to express high levels of voltage gated sodium channels.
Immunostaining studies clearly demonstrated evidence for voltage
gated sodium channels in prostatic tissues (Prostate Cancer
Prostatic Dis. 2005; 8(3):266-73).
[0312] Hypercholesterolemia, i.e., elevated blood cholesterol, is
an established risk factor in the development of, e.g.,
atherosclerosis, coronary artery disease, hyperlipidemia, stroke,
hyperinsulinemias, hypertension, obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular
diseases (CVD), myocardial ischemia, and heart attack. Thus,
lowering the levels of total serum cholesterol in individuals with
high levels of cholesterol has been known to reduce the risk of
these diseases. The lowering of low density lipoprotein cholesterol
in particular is an essential step in the prevention of CVD.
Although there are a variety of hypercholesterolemia therapies,
there is a continuing need and a continuing search in this field of
art for alternative therapies.
[0313] The invention provides compounds which are useful as
antihypercholesterolemia agents and their related conditions. The
present compounds may act in a variety of ways. While not wishing
to be bound to any particular mechanism of action, the compounds
may be direct or indirect inhibitors of the enzyme acyl CoA:
cholesterol acyl transferase (ACAT) that results in inhibition of
the esterification and transport of cholesterol across the
intestinal wall. Another possibility may be that the compounds of
the invention may be direct or indirect inhibitors of cholesterol
biosynthesis in the liver. It is possible that some compounds of
the invention may act as both direct or indirect inhibitors of ACAT
and cholesterol biosynthesis.
[0314] Pruritus, commonly known as itch, is a common dermatological
condition. While the exact causes of pruritis are complex and
poorly understood, there has long been acknowledged to have
interactions with pain. In particular, it is believed that sodium
channels likely communicate or propagate along the nerve axon the
itch signals along the skin. Transmission of the itch impulses
results in the unpleasant sensation that elicits the desire or
reflex to scratch.
[0315] From a neurobiology level, it is believed that there is a
shared complexity of specific mediators, related neuronal pathways
and the central processes of itch and pain and recent data suggest
that there is a broad overlap between pain- and itch-related
peripheral mediators and/or receptors (Ikoma et al., Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 7:535-547, 2006). Remarkably, pain and itch have
similar mechanisms of neuronal sensitization in the peripheral
nervous system and the central nervous system but exhibits
intriguing differences as well.
[0316] For example, the mildly painful stimuli from scratching are
effective in abolishing the itch sensation. In contrast, analgesics
such as opioids can generate severe pruritus. The antagonistic
interaction between pain and itch can be exploited in pruritus
therapy, and current research concentrates on the identification of
common targets for future analgesic and antipruritic therapy.
[0317] Compounds of the present invention have been shown to have
analgesic effects in a number of animal models at oral doses
ranging from 1 mg/Kg to 100 mg/Kg. The compounds of the invention
can also be useful for treating pruritus.
[0318] The types of itch or skin irritation, include, but are not
limited to:
[0319] a) psoriatic pruritis, itch due to hemodyalisis, aguagenic
pruritus, and itching caused by skin disorders (e.g., contact
dermatitis), systemic disorders, neuropathy, psychogenic factors or
a mixture thereof;
[0320] b) itch caused by allergic reactions, insect bites,
hypersensitivity (e.g., dry skin, acne, eczema, psoriasis),
inflammatory conditions or injury;
[0321] c) itch associated with vulvar vestibulitis; and
[0322] d) skin irritation or inflammatory effect from
administration of another therapeutic such as, for example,
antibiotics, antivirals and antihistamines.
[0323] The compounds of the invention are also useful in treating
or preventing certain hormone sensitive cancers, such as prostate
cancer (adenocarcinoma), breast cancer, ovarian cancer, testicular
cancer, thyroid neoplasia, in a mammal, preferably a human. The
voltage gated sodium channels have been demonstrated to be
expressed in prostate and breast cancer cells. Up-regulation of
neonatal Na.sub.V1.5 occurs as an integral part of the metastatic
process in human breast cancer and could serve both as a novel
marker of the metastatic phenotype and a therapeutic target (Clin.
Cancer Res. 2005, Aug. 1; 11(15): 5381-9). Functional expression of
voltage-gated sodium channel alpha-subunits, specifically
Na.sub.V1.7, is associated with strong metastatic potential in
prostate cancer (CaP) in vitro. Voltage-gated sodium channel
alpha-subunits immunostaining, using antibodies specific to the
sodium channel alpha subunit was evident in prostatic tissues and
markedly stronger in CaP vs non-CaP patients (Prostate Cancer
Prostatic Dis., 2005; 8(3):266-73).
[0324] The compounds of the invention are also useful in treating
or preventing symptoms in a mammal associated with BPH such as, but
not limited to, acute urinary retention and urinary tract
infection.
[0325] The compounds of the invention are also useful in treating
or preventing certain endocrine imbalances or endocrinopathies such
as congenital adrenal hyperplasia, hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism,
osteoporosis, osteomalacia, rickets, Cushing's Syndrome, Conn's
syndrome, hyperaldosteronism, hypogonadism, hypergonadism,
infertility, fertility and diabetes.
[0326] The present invention readily affords many different means
for identification of sodium channel modulating agents that are
useful as therapeutic agents. Identification of modulators of
sodium channel can be assessed using a variety of in vitro and in
vivo assays, e.g. measuring current, measuring membrane potential,
measuring ion flux, (e.g. sodium or guanidinium), measuring sodium
concentration, measuring second messengers and transcription
levels, and using e.g., voltage-sensitive dyes, radioactive
tracers, and patch-clamp electrophysiology.
[0327] One such protocol involves the screening of chemical agents
for ability to modulate the activity of a sodium channel thereby
identifying it as a modulating agent.
[0328] A typical assay described in Bean et al., J. General
Physiology (1983), 83:613-642, and Leuwer, M., et al., Br. J.
Pharmacol (2004), 141(1):47-54, uses patch-clamp techniques to
study the behaviour of channels. Such techniques are known to those
skilled in the art, and may be developed, using current
technologies, into low or medium throughput assays for evaluating
compounds for their ability to modulate sodium channel
behaviour.
[0329] A competitive binding assay with known sodium channel toxins
such as tetrodotoxin, alpha-scorpion toxins, aconitine, BTX and the
like, may be suitable for identifying potential therapeutic agents
with high selectivity for a particular sodium channel. The use of
BTX in such a binding assay is well known and is described in
McNeal, E. T., et al., J. Med. Chem. (1985), 28(3):381-8; and
Creveling, C. R., et al., Methods in Neuroscience, Vol. 8:
Neurotoxins (Conn P M Ed) (1992), pp. 25-37, Academic Press, New
York.
[0330] These assays can be carried out in cells, or cell or tissue
extracts expressing the channel of interest in a natural endogenous
setting or in a recombinant setting. The assays that can be used
include plate assays which measure Na+ influx through surrogate
markers such as .sup.14C-guanidine influx or determine cell
depolarization using fluorescent dyes such as the FRET based and
other fluorescent assays or a radiolabelled binding assay employing
radiolabelled aconitine, BTX, TTX or STX. More direct measurements
can be made with manual or automated electrophysiology systems. The
guanidine influx assay is explained in more detail below in the
Biological Assays section.
[0331] Throughput of test compounds is an important consideration
in the choice of screening assay to be used. In some strategies,
where hundreds of thousands of compounds are to be tested, it is
not desirable to use low throughput means. In other cases, however,
low throughput is satisfactory to identify important differences
between a limited number of compounds. Often it will be necessary
to combine assay types to identify specific sodium channel
modulating compounds.
[0332] Electrophysiological assays using patch clamp techniques is
accepted as a gold standard for detailed characterization of sodium
channel compound interactions, and as described in Bean et al., op.
cit. and Leuwer, M., et al., op. cit. There is a manual
low-throughput screening (LTS) method which can compare 2-10
compounds per day; a recently developed system for automated
medium-throughput screening (MTS) at 20-50 patches (i.e. compounds)
per day; and a technology from Molecular Devices Corporation
(Sunnyvale, Calif.) which permits automated high-throughput
screening (HTS) at 1000-3000 patches (i.e. compounds) per day.
[0333] One automated patch-clamp system utilizes planar electrode
technology to accelerate the rate of drug discovery. Planar
electrodes are capable of achieving high-resistance, cells-attached
seals followed by stable, low-noise whole-cell recordings that are
comparable to conventional recordings. A suitable instrument is the
PatchXpress 7000A (Axon Instruments Inc, Union City, Calif.). A
variety of cell lines and culture techniques, which include
adherent cells as well as cells growing spontaneously in suspension
are ranked for seal success rate and stability. Immortalized cells
(e.g. HEK and CHO) stably expressing high levels of the relevant
sodium ion channel can be adapted into high-density suspension
cultures.
[0334] Other assays can be selected which allow the investigator to
identify compounds which block specific states of the channel, such
as the open state, closed state or the resting state, or which
block transition from open to closed, closed to resting or resting
to open. Those skilled in the art are generally familiar with such
assays.
[0335] Binding assays are also available, however these are of only
limited functional value and information content. Designs include
traditional radioactive filter based binding assays or the confocal
based fluorescent system available from Evotec OAI group of
companies (Hamburg, Germany), both of which are HTS.
[0336] Radioactive flux assays can also be used. In this assay,
channels are stimulated to open with veratridine or aconitine and
held in a stabilized open state with a toxin, and channel blockers
are identified by their ability to prevent ion influx. The assay
can use radioactive .sup.22[Na] and .sup.14[.alpha.] guanidinium
ions as tracers. FlashPlate & Cytostar-T plates in living cells
avoids separation steps and are suitable for HTS. Scintillation
plate technology has also advanced this method to HTS suitability.
Because of the functional aspects of the assay, the information
content is reasonably good.
Yet another format measures the redistribution of membrane
potential using the FLIPR system membrane potential kit (HTS)
available from Molecular Dynamics (a division of Amersham
Biosciences, Piscataway, N.J.). This method is limited to slow
membrane potential changes. Some problems may result from the
fluorescent background of compounds. Test compounds may also
directly influence the fluidity of the cell membrane and lead to an
increase in intracellular dye concentrations. Still, because of the
functional aspects of the assay, the information content is
reasonably good.
[0337] Sodium dyes can be used to measure the rate or amount of
sodium ion influx through a channel. This type of assay provides a
very high information content regarding potential channel blockers.
The assay is functional and would measure Na+ influx directly.
CoroNa Red, SBFI and/or sodium green (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene
Oreg.) can be used to measure Na influx; all are Na responsive
dyes. They can be used in combination with the FLIPR instrument.
The use of these dyes in a screen has not been previously described
in the literature. Calcium dyes may also have potential in this
format.
[0338] In another assay, FRET based voltage sensors are used to
measure the ability of a test compound to directly block Na influx.
Commercially available HTS systems include the VIPR.TM. II FRET
system (Aurora Biosciences Corporation, San Diego, Calif., a
division of Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) which may be used in
conjunction with FRET dyes, also available from Aurora Biosciences.
This assay measures sub-second responses to voltage changes. There
is no requirement for a modifier of channel function. The assay
measures depolarization and hyperpolarizations, and provides
ratiometric outputs for quantification. A somewhat less expensive
MTS version of this assay employs the FLEXstation.TM. (Molecular
Devices Corporation) in conjunction with FRET dyes from Aurora
Biosciences. Other methods of testing the compounds disclosed
herein are also readily known and available to those skilled in the
art.
[0339] These results provide the basis for analysis of the
structure-activity relationship (SAR) between test compounds and
the sodium channel. Certain substituents on the core structure of
the test compound tend to provide more potent inhibitory compounds.
SAR analysis is one of the tools those skilled in the art may now
employ to identify preferred embodiments of the compounds of the
invention for use as therapeutic agents.
[0340] Modulating agents so identified are then tested in a variety
of in vivo models so as to determine if they alleviate pain,
especially chronic pain or other conditions such as arrhythmias and
epilepsy, benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), hypercholesterolemia,
cancer and pruritis (itch) with minimal adverse events. The assays
described below in the Biological Assays Section are useful in
assessing the biological activity of the instant compounds.
[0341] Typically, a successful therapeutic agent of the present
invention will meet some or all of the following criteria. Oral
availability should be at or above 20%. Animal model efficacy is
less than about 0.1 .mu.g to about 100 mg/Kg body weight and the
target human dose is between 0.1 .mu.g to about 100 mg/Kg body
weight, although doses outside of this range may be acceptable
("mg/Kg" means milligrams of compound per kilogram of body mass of
the subject to whom it is being administered). The therapeutic
index (or ratio of toxic dose to therapeutic dose) should be
greater than 100. The potency (as expressed by IC.sub.50 value)
should be less than 10 .mu.M, preferably below 1 .mu.M and most
preferably below 50 nM. The IC.sub.50 ("Inhibitory
Concentration-50%") is a measure of the amount of compound required
to achieve 50% inhibition of ion flux through a sodium channel,
over a specific time period, in an assay of the invention.
Compounds of the present invention in the guanidine influx assay
have demonstrated IC.sub.50's ranging from less than a nanomolar to
less than 10 micromolar.
[0342] In an alternative use of the invention, the compounds of the
invention can be used in in vitro or in vivo studies as exemplary
agents for comparative purposes to find other compounds also useful
in treatment of, or protection from, the various diseases disclosed
herein.
[0343] Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting
Na.sub.V1.1, Na.sub.V1.2, Na.sub.V1.3, Na.sub.V1.4, Na.sub.V 1.5,
Na.sub.V1.6, Na.sub.V1.7, Na.sub.V1.8, or Na.sub.V1.9 activity in a
biological sample or a mammal, preferably a human, which method
comprises administering to the mammal, preferably a human, or
contacting said biological sample with a compound of formula I or a
composition comprising said compound. The term "biological sample",
as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or
extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or
extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or
other body fluids or extracts thereof.
[0344] Inhibition of Na.sub.V1.1, Na.sub.V1.2, Na.sub.V1.3,
Na.sub.V1.4, Na.sub.V1.5, Na.sub.V1.6, Na.sub.V1.7, Na.sub.V1.8, or
Na.sub.V1.9 activity in a biological sample is useful for a variety
of purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of
such purposes include, but are not limited to, the study of sodium
ion channels in biological and pathological phenomena; and the
comparative evaluation of new sodium ion channel inhibitors.
[0345] The compounds of the invention, as set forth above in the
Summary of the Invention, as stereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers
thereof or mixtures thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
solvates or prodrugs thereof, and/or the pharmaceutical
compositions described herein which comprise a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient and one or more compounds of the invention, as
set forth above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, can
be used in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of
sodium channel-mediated disease or condition in a mammal.
Pharmaceutical Compositions of the Invention and Administration
[0346] The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical
composition containing the compounds of the invention disclosed
herein. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a
composition comprising compounds of the invention in a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent and in an
amount effective to modulate, preferably inhibit, ion flux through
a voltage-dependent sodium channel to treat sodium channel mediated
diseases, such as pain, when administered to an animal, preferably
a mammal, most preferably a human patient.
[0347] Administration of the compounds of the invention, or their
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in pure form or in an
appropriate pharmaceutical composition, can be carried out via any
of the accepted modes of administration of agents for serving
similar utilities. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention
can be prepared by combining a compound of the invention with an
appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or
excipient, and may be formulated into preparations in solid,
semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules,
powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections,
inhalants, gels, microspheres, and aerosols. Typical routes of
administering such pharmaceutical compositions include, without
limitation, oral, topical, transdermal, inhalation, parenteral,
sublingual, rectal, vaginal, and intranasal. The term parenteral as
used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous,
intramuscular, intrasternal injection or infusion techniques.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are formulated so as
to allow the active ingredients contained therein to be
bioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient.
Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take
the form of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet
may be a single dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the
invention in aerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units.
Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be
apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see The
Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia
College of Pharmacy and Science, 2000). The composition to be
administered will, in any event, contain a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatment of a
disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachings
of this invention.
[0348] The pharmaceutical compositions useful herein also contain a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, including any suitable diluent
or excipient, which includes any pharmaceutical agent that does not
itself induce the production of antibodies harmful to the
individual receiving the composition, and which may be administered
without undue toxicity. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers
include, but are not limited to, liquids, such as water, saline,
glycerol and ethanol, and the like. A thorough discussion of
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, and other
excipients is presented in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES
(Mack Pub. Co., N.J. current edition).
[0349] A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the
form of a solid or liquid. In one aspect, the carrier(s) are
particulate, so that the compositions are, for example, in tablet
or powder form. The carrier(s) may be liquid, with the compositions
being, for example, an oral syrup, injectable liquid or an aerosol,
which is useful in, for example, inhalatory administration.
[0350] When intended for oral administration, the pharmaceutical
composition is preferably in either solid or liquid form, where
semi-solid, semi-liquid, suspension and gel forms are included
within the forms considered herein as either solid or liquid.
[0351] As a solid composition for oral administration, the
pharmaceutical composition may be formulated into a powder,
granule, compressed tablet, pill, capsule, chewing gum, wafer or
the like form. Such a solid composition will typically contain one
or more inert diluents or edible carriers. In addition, one or more
of the following may be present: binders such as
carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline
cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients such as starch,
lactose or dextrins, disintegrating agents such as alginic acid,
sodium alginate, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants
such as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidal
silicon dioxide; sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin; a
flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orange
flavoring; and a coloring agent.
[0352] When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a
capsule, for example, a gelatin capsule, it may contain, in
addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as
polyethylene glycol or oil.
[0353] The pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of a
liquid, for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or
suspension. The liquid may be for oral administration or for
delivery by injection, as two examples. When intended for oral
administration, preferred composition contain, in addition to the
present compounds, one or more of a sweetening agent,
preservatives, dye/colorant and flavor enhancer. In a composition
intended to be administered by injection, one or more of a
surfactant, preservative, wetting agent, dispersing agent,
suspending agent, buffer, stabilizer and isotonic agent may be
included.
[0354] The liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention,
whether they be solutions, suspensions or other like form, may
include one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents
such as water for injection, saline solution, preferably
physiological saline, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride,
fixed oils such as synthetic mono or diglycerides which may serve
as the solvent or suspending medium, polyethylene glycols,
glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents; antibacterial agents
such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben; antioxidants such as
ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as
ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates
or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as
sodium chloride or dextrose. The parenteral preparation can be
enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials
made of glass or plastic. Physiological saline is a preferred
adjuvant. An injectable pharmaceutical composition is preferably
sterile.
[0355] A liquid pharmaceutical composition of the invention
intended for either parenteral or oral administration should
contain an amount of a compound of the invention such that a
suitable dosage will be obtained. Typically, this amount is at
least 0.01% of a compound of the invention in the composition. When
intended for oral administration, this amount may be varied to be
between 0.1 and about 70% of the weight of the composition.
Preferred oral pharmaceutical compositions contain between about 4%
and about 50% of the compound of the invention. Preferred
pharmaceutical compositions and preparations according to the
present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit
contains between 0.01 to 10% by weight of the compound prior to
dilution of the invention.
[0356] The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be
intended for topical administration, in which case the carrier may
suitably comprise a solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The
base, for example, may comprise one or more of the following:
petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, bee wax, mineral oil,
diluents such as water and alcohol, and emulsifiers and
stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in a pharmaceutical
composition for topical administration. If intended for transdermal
administration, the composition may include a transdermal patch or
iontophoresis device. Topical formulations may contain a
concentration of the compound of the invention from about 0.1 to
about 10% w/v (weight per unit volume).
[0357] The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be
intended for rectal administration, in the form, for example, of a
suppository, which will melt in the rectum and release the drug.
The composition for rectal administration may contain an oleaginous
base as a suitable nonirritating excipient. Such bases include,
without limitation, lanolin, cocoa butter and polyethylene
glycol.
[0358] The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may include
various materials, which modify the physical form of a solid or
liquid dosage unit. For example, the composition may include
materials that form a coating shell around the active ingredients.
The materials that form the coating shell are typically inert, and
may be selected from, for example, sugar, shellac, and other
enteric coating agents. Alternatively, the active ingredients may
be encased in a gelatin capsule.
[0359] The pharmaceutical composition of the invention in solid or
liquid form may include an agent that binds to the compound of the
invention and thereby assists in the delivery of the compound.
Suitable agents that may act in this capacity include a monoclonal
or polyclonal antibody, a protein or a liposome.
[0360] The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may consist
of dosage units that can be administered as an aerosol. The term
aerosol is used to denote a variety of systems ranging from those
of colloidal nature to systems consisting of pressurized packages.
Delivery may be by a liquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable
pump system that dispenses the active ingredients. Aerosols of
compounds of the invention may be delivered in single phase,
bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order to deliver the active
ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes the necessary
container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like, which
together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undue
experimentation may determine preferred aerosols.
[0361] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be
prepared by methodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For
example, a pharmaceutical composition intended to be administered
by injection can be prepared by combining a compound of the
invention with sterile, distilled water so as to form a solution. A
surfactant may be added to facilitate the formation of a
homogeneous solution or suspension. Surfactants are compounds that
non-covalently interact with the compound of the invention so as to
facilitate dissolution or homogeneous suspension of the compound in
the aqueous delivery system.
[0362] The compounds of the invention, or their pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, are administered in a therapeutically effective
amount, which will vary depending upon a variety of factors
including the activity of the specific compound employed; the
metabolic stability and length of action of the compound; the age,
body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient; the mode
and time of administration; the rate of excretion; the drug
combination; the severity of the particular disorder or condition;
and the subject undergoing therapy. Generally, a therapeutically
effective daily dose is (for a 70 Kg mammal) from about 0.001 mg/Kg
(i.e., 0.07 mg) to about 100 mg/Kg (i.e., 7.0 g); preferably a
therapeutically effective dose is (for a 70 Kg mammal) from about
0.01 mg/Kg (i.e., 0.7 mg) to about 50 mg/Kg (i.e., 3.5 g); more
preferably a therapeutically effective dose is (for a 70 Kg mammal)
from about 1 mg/kg (i.e., 70 mg) to about 25 mg/Kg (i.e., 1.75
g).
[0363] The ranges of effective doses provided herein are not
intended to be limiting and represent preferred dose ranges.
However, the most preferred dosage will be tailored to the
individual subject, as is understood and determinable by one
skilled in the relevant arts. (see, e.g., Berkow et al., eds., The
Merck Manual, 16.sup.th edition, Merck and Co., Rahway, N.J., 1992;
Goodmanetna., eds., Goodman and Cilman's The Pharmacological Basis
of Therapeutics, 10.sup.th edition, Pergamon Press, Inc., Elmsford,
N.Y., (2001); Avery's Drug Treatment: Principles and Practice of
Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 3rd edition, ADIS Press,
LTD., Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (1987), Ebadi,
Pharmacology, Little, Brown and Co., Boston, (1985); Osolci al.,
eds., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18.sup.th edition, Mack
Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (1990); Katzung, Basic and Clinical
Pharmacology, Appleton and Lange, Norwalk, Conn. (1992)).
[0364] The total dose required for each treatment can be
administered by multiple doses or in a single dose over the course
of the day, if desired. Generally, treatment is initiated with
smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the
compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments
until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. The
diagnostic pharmaceutical compound or composition can be
administered alone or in conjunction with other diagnostics and/or
pharmaceuticals directed to the pathology, or directed to other
symptoms of the pathology. The recipients of administration of
compounds and/or compositions of the invention can be any
vertebrate animal, such as mammals. Among mammals, the preferred
recipients are mammals of the Orders Primate (including humans,
apes and monkeys), Arteriodactyla (including horses, goats, cows,
sheep, pigs), Rodenta (including mice, rats, rabbits, and
hamsters), and Carnivora (including cats, and dogs). Among birds,
the preferred recipients are turkeys, chickens and other members of
the same order. The most preferred recipients are humans.
[0365] For topical applications, it is preferred to administer an
effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition according to the
invention to target area, e.g., skin surfaces, mucous membranes,
and the like, which are adjacent to peripheral neurons which are to
be treated. This amount will generally range from about 0.0001 mg
to about 1 g of a compound of the invention per application,
depending upon the area to be treated, whether the use is
diagnostic, prophylactic or therapeutic, the severity of the
symptoms, and the nature of the topical vehicle employed. A
preferred topical preparation is an ointment, wherein about 0.001
to about 50 mg of active ingredient is used per cc of ointment
base. The pharmaceutical composition can be formulated as
transdermal compositions or transdermal delivery devices
("patches"). Such compositions include, for example, a backing,
active compound reservoir, a control membrane, liner and contact
adhesive. Such transdermal patches may be used to provide
continuous pulsatile, or on demand delivery of the compounds of the
present invention as desired.
[0366] The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to
provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active
ingredient after administration to the patient by employing
procedures known in the art. Controlled release drug delivery
systems include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems
containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug-polymer matrix
formulations. Examples of controlled release systems are given in
U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770 and 4,326,525 and in P. J. Kuzma et al.,
Regional Anesthesia 22 (6): 543-551 (1997), all of which are
incorporated herein by reference.
[0367] The compositions of the invention can also be delivered
through intra-nasal drug delivery systems for local, systemic, and
nose-to-brain medical therapies. Controlled Particle Dispersion
(CPD).TM. technology, traditional nasal spray bottles, inhalers or
nebulizers are known by those skilled in the art to provide
effective local and systemic delivery of drugs by targeting the
olfactory region and paranasal sinuses.
[0368] The invention also relates to an intravaginal shell or core
drug delivery device suitable for administration to the human or
animal female. The device may be comprised of the active
pharmaceutical ingredient in a polymer matrix, surrounded by a
sheath, and capable of releasing the compound in a substantially
zero order pattern on a daily basis similar to devises used to
apply testosterone as desscribed in PCT Published Patent
Application No. WO 98/50016.
[0369] Current methods for ocular delivery include topical
administration (eye drops), subconjunctival injections, periocular
injections, intravitreal injections, surgical implants and
iontophoresis (uses a small electrical current to transportionized
drugs into and through body tissues). Those skilled in the art
would combine the best suited excipients with the compound for safe
and effective intra-occular administration.
[0370] The most suitable route will depend on the nature and
severity of the condition being treated. Those skilled in the art
are also familiar with determining administration methods (e.g.,
oral, intravenous, inhalation, sub-cutaneous, rectal etc.), dosage
forms, suitable pharmaceutical excipients and other matters
relevant to the delivery of the compounds to a subject in need
thereof.
Combination Therapy
[0371] The compounds of the invention may be usefully combined with
one or more other compounds of the invention or one or more other
therapeutic agent or as any combination thereof, in the treatment
of sodium channel-mediated diseases and conditions. For example, a
compound of the invention may be administered simultaneously,
sequentially or separately in combination with other therapeutic
agents, including, but not limited to: [0372] opiates analgesics,
e.g. morphine, heroin, cocaine, oxymorphine, levorphanol,
levallorphan, oxycodone, codeine, dihydrocodeine, propoxyphene,
nalmefene, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, meripidine,
methadone, nalorphine, naloxone, naltrexone, buprenorphine,
butorphanol, nalbuphine and pentazocine; [0373] non-opiate
analgesics, e.g. acetomeniphen, salicylates (e.g. aspirin); [0374]
nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), e.g. ibuprofen,
naproxen, fenoprofen, ketoprofen, celecoxib, diclofenac,
diflusinal, etodolac, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flufenisal,
flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac,
meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumetone, naproxen,
nimesulide, nitroflurbiprofen, olsalazine, oxaprozin,
phenylbutazone, piroxicam, sulfasalazine, sulindac, tolmetin and
zomepirac; [0375] anticonvulsants, e.g. carbamazepine,
oxcarbazepine, lamotrigine, valproate, topiramate, gabapentin and
pregabalin; [0376] antidepressants such as tricyclic
antidepressants, e.g. amitriptyline, clomipramine, despramine,
imipramine and nortriptyline; [0377] COX-2 selective inhibitors,
e.g. celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, deracoxib,
etoricoxib, and lumiracoxib; [0378] alpha-adrenergics, e.g.
doxazosin, tamsulosin, clonidine, guanfacine, dexmetatomidine,
modafinil, and 4-amino-6,7-dimethoxy-2-(5-methane
sulfonamido-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinol-2-yl)-5-(2-pyridyl)
quinazoline; [0379] barbiturate sedatives, e.g. amobarbital,
aprobarbital, butabarbital, butabital, mephobarbital, metharbital,
methohexital, pentobarbital, phenobartital, secobarbital, talbutal,
theamylal and thiopental; [0380] tachykinin (NK) antagonist,
particularly an NK-3, NK-2 or NK-1 antagonist, e.g.
(.alpha.R,9R)-7-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)]-8,9,10,11-tetrahydro-9--
methyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-7H-[1,4]diazocino[2,1-g][1,7]-naphthyridine-6-13-
-dione (TAK-637),
5-[[2R,3S)-2-[(1R)-1-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethylphenyl]ethoxy-3-(4-fluorophe-
nyl)-4-morpholinyl]-methyl]-1,2-dihydro-3H-1,2,4-triazol-3-one
(MK-869), aprepitant, lanepitant, dapitant or
3-[[2-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-methylamino]-2-phenylpiperidine
(2S,3S); [0381] coal-tar analgesics, in particular paracetamol;
[0382] serotonin reuptake inhibitors, e.g. paroxetine, sertraline,
norfluoxetine (fluoxetine desmethyl metabolite), metabolite
demethylsertraline, '3 fluvoxamine, paroxetine, citalopram,
citalopram metabolite desmethylcitalopram, escitalopram,
d,I-fenfluramine, femoxetine, ifoxetine, cyanodothiepin,
litoxetine, dapoxetine, nefazodone, cericlamine, trazodone and
fluoxetine; [0383] noradrenaline (norepinephrine) reuptake
inhibitors, e.g. maprotiline, lofepramine, mirtazepine,
oxaprotiline, fezolamine, tomoxetine, mianserin, buproprion,
buproprion metabolite hydroxybuproprion, nomifensine and viloxazine
(Vivalan.RTM.)), especially a selective noradrenaline reuptake
inhibitor such as reboxetine, in particular (S,S)-reboxetine, and
venlafaxine duloxetine neuroleptics sedative/anxiolytics; [0384]
dual serotonin-noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors, such as
venlafaxine, venlafaxine metabolite O-desmethylvenlafaxine,
clomipramine, clomipramine metabolite desmethylclomipramine,
duloxetine, milnacipran and imipramine; [0385] acetylcholinesterase
inhibitors such as donepezil; [0386] 5-HT.sub.3 antagonists such as
ondansetron; [0387] metabotropic glutamate receptor (mGluR)
antagonists; [0388] local anaesthetic such as mexiletine and
lidocaine; [0389] corticosteroid such as dexamethasone; [0390]
antiarrhythimics, e.g. mexiletine and phenyloin; [0391] muscarinic
antagonists, e.g., tolterodine, propiverine, tropsium t chloride,
darifenacin, solifenacin, temiverine and ipratropium; [0392]
cannabinoids; [0393] vanilloid receptor agonists (e.g.
resinferatoxin) or antagonists (e.g. capsazepine); [0394]
sedatives, e.g. glutethimide, meprobamate, methaqualone, and
dichloralphenazone; [0395] anxiolytics such as benzodiazepines,
[0396] antidepressants such as mirtazapine, [0397] topical agents
(e.g. lidocaine, capsacin and resiniferotoxin); [0398] muscle
relaxants such as benzodiazepines, baclofen, carisoprodol,
chlorzoxazone, cyclobenzaprine, methocarbamol and orphrenadine;
[0399] anti-histamines or H1 antagonists; [0400] NMDA receptor
antagonists; [0401] 5-HT receptor agonists/antagonists; [0402] PDEV
inhibitors; [0403] Tramadol.RTM.; [0404] cholinergic (nicotinc)
analgesics; [0405] alpha-2-delta ligands; [0406] prostaglandin E2
subtype antagonists; [0407] leukotriene B4 antagonists; [0408]
5-lipoxygenase inhibitors; and [0409] 5-HT.sub.3 antagonists.
[0410] Sodium channel-mediated diseases and conditions that may be
treated and/or prevented using such combinations include but not
limited to, pain, central and peripherally mediated, acute,
chronic, neuropathic as well as other diseases with associated pain
and other central nervous disorders such as epilepsy, anxiety,
depression and bipolar disease; or cardiovascular disorders such as
arrhythmias, atrial fibrillation and ventricular fibrillation;
neuromuscular disorders such as restless leg syndrome and muscle
paralysis or tetanus; neuroprotection against stroke, neural trauma
and multiple sclerosis; and channelopathies such as erythromyalgia
and familial rectal pain syndrome.
[0411] As used herein "combination" refers to any mixture or
permutation of one or more compounds of the invention and one or
more other compounds of the invention or one or more additional
therapeutic agent. Unless the context makes clear otherwise,
"combination" may include simultaneous or sequentially delivery of
a compound of the invention with one or more therapeutic agents.
Unless the context makes clear otherwise, "combination" may include
dosage forms of a compound of the invention with another
therapeutic agent. Unless the context makes clear otherwise,
"combination" may include routes of administration of a compound of
the invention with another therapeutic agent. Unless the context
makes clear otherwise, "combination" may include formulations of a
compound of the invention with another therapeutic agent. Dosage
forms, routes of administration and pharmaceutical compositions
include, but are not limited to, those described herein.
Kits-of-Parts
[0412] The present invention also provides kits that contain a
pharmaceutical composition which includes one or more compounds of
the invention. The kit also includes instructions for the use of
the pharmaceutical composition for modulating the activity of ion
channels, for the treatment of pain, as well as other utilities as
disclosed herein. Preferably, a commercial package will contain one
or more unit doses of the pharmaceutical composition. For example,
such a unit dose may be an amount sufficient for the preparation of
an intravenous injection. It will be evident to those of ordinary
skill in the art that compounds which are light and/or air
sensitive may require special packaging and/or formulation. For
example, packaging may be used which is opaque to light, and/or
sealed from contact with ambient air, and/or formulated with
suitable coatings or excipients.
Preparation of the Compounds of the Invention
[0413] The following Reaction Schemes illustrate methods to make
compounds of this invention, i.e., compounds of formula (I):
##STR00003##
wherein n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are as described
above in the Summary of the Invention, as a stereoisomer,
enantiomer or tautomer thereof or mixtures thereof; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
[0414] It is also understood that one skilled in the art would be
able to make the compounds of the invention by similar methods or
by methods known to one skilled in the art. For example, the
compounds of the invention can be prepared according to methods
similar to those described in PCT Published Patent Application, WO
2006/110917. It is also understood that one skilled in the art
would be able to make in a similar manner as described below other
compounds of the invention not specifically illustrated below by
using the appropriate starting components and modifying the
parameters of the synthesis as needed. In general, starting
components may be obtained from sources such as Sigma Aldrich,
Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and
Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according to sources known to
those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Smith, M. B. and J. March,
Advanced Organic Chemistry Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure,
5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as described
herein.
[0415] It is also understood that in the following description,
combinations of substituents and/or variables of the depicted
formulae are permissible only if such contributions result in
stable compounds.
[0416] It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that
in the process described below the functional groups of
intermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable
protecting groups. Such functional groups include hydroxy, amino,
mercapto and carboxylic acid. Suitable protecting groups for
hydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (e.g.,
t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl),
tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups
for amino, amidino and guanidino include t-butoxycarbonyl,
benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for
mercapto include --C(O)--R (where R is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl),
p-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitable protecting groups
for carboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl esters.
[0417] Protecting groups may be added or removed in accordance with
standard techniques, which are known to one skilled in the art and
as described herein. The use of protecting groups is described in
detail in Greene, T. W. and P. G. M. Wuts, Greene's Protective
Groups in Organic Synthesis (2006), 4.sup.th Ed., Wiley. The
protecting group may also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin
or a 2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.
[0418] It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art,
although such protected derivatives of compounds of this invention
may not possess pharmacological activity as such, they may be
administered to a mammal and thereafter metabolized in the body to
form compounds of the invention which are pharmacologically active.
Such derivatives may therefore be described as "prodrugs". All
prodrugs of compounds of this invention are included within the
scope of the invention.
[0419] The following Reaction Schemes illustrate methods to make
compounds of this invention. It is understood that one skilled in
the art would be able to make these compounds by similar methods or
by methods known to one skilled in the art. It is also understood
that one skilled in the art would be able to make in a similar
manner as described below other compounds of formula (I) not
specifically illustrated below by using the appropriate starting
components and modifying the parameters of the synthesis as needed.
In general, starting components may be obtained from sources such
as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc., Maybridge, Matrix
Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. or synthesized according
to sources known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Smith, M.
B. and J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms,
and Structure, 5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as
described herein.
[0420] Compounds of formula (I), as set forth above in the Summary
of the Invention, can be prepared following the general procedure
as described below in REACTION SCHEME 1, where n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are as defined above in the Summary of the
Invention for compounds of formula (I), X is Cl or Br and R'' is an
alkyl group.
##STR00004##
[0421] Compounds of formula (101), formula (102), formula (104) and
formula (105) are commercially available or can be prepared
according to methods known to one skilled in the art or by the
methods disclosed herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT
Published Patent Application WO 2006/110917.
[0422] As set forth above, an isatin compound of formula (101) is
alkylated with the chloro or bromo compound of formula (102) to
afford the product of formula (103). The phenol compound of formula
(104) is treated with a Grignard reagent of formula (105) at low
temperature (0.degree. C.) to form the phenoxymagnesium halide
intermediate which reacts with the keto-carbonyl group of the
isatin compound of formula (103) in a solvent, such as, but not
limited to, methylene chloride or tetrahydrofuran, to afford the
oxindole of formula (106). The compound of formula (107) is
obtained after the removal of the hydroxyl group at C-3 position of
the oxindole by treating the compound of formula (106) with silane
such as triethylsilane. The compound of formula (107) can also be
achieved by treating the compound of formula (106) with thionyl
chloride/triethylamine then reduction with zinc dust. Compound of
formula (107) is treated with chloroiodomethane in the presence of
a base, such as, but not limited to, cesium carbonate, in a
solvent, such as, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran to afford a
compound of formula (I) of the invention via intramolecular
cyclization.
[0423] An alternative synthesis of the compounds of formula (I)
wherein different R.sup.1 groups are introduced is illustrated
below in REACTION SCHEME 2 where n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and
R.sup.4 are as described above in the Summary of the Invention for
compounds of formula (I), and PG is a nitrogen-protecting
group:
##STR00005##
[0424] Compounds of formula (108) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein (such as the methods disclosed above in REACTION SCHEME 1)
or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent Application WO
2006/110917.
[0425] As set forth above, when the protecting group is
diphenylmethyl, it is removed from the compound of formula (108)
under a high pressure of hydrogen such as 60-120 psi to form the
oxindole compound of formula (109). Alternatively the
diphenylmethyl group is removed by treatment of compound of formula
(108) with triethyl silane and trifluoroacetic acid at 70 to
100.degree. C. The formation of a compound of formula (I) is
achieved by alkylation of the compound of formula (109) with a
halide reagent XR.sup.1 (where X is chloro, bromo or iodo) or a
tosylate reagent TsOR.sup.1 in the presence of a base such as, but
not limited to, sodium hydride, sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide,
lithium hydroxide, or cesium carbonate, in a solvent such as, but
not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, 2-butanone,
acetone or acetonitrile. Alternatively, reaction of compound of
formula (109) with an alcohol under Mitsunobu reaction conditions
in the presence of a phosphine reagent such as, but not limited to,
triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine or trimethyl phosphine, and
azadicarboxylate of diethyl, diisopropyl or di-tert-butyl in a
solvent such as, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate
or dichloromethane, provides the compound of formula (I).
[0426] Compounds of formula (I) wherein R.sup.1 is aralkyl
substituted with --O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7 or
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 where R.sup.5, R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are as described above in the Summary of the Invention, can
be prepared in a similar manner as described below in REACTION
SCHEME 3 where n, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.5, R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are as described above in the Summary of the Invention, Z
is --C(O)NH.sub.2, --N(CH.sub.3).sub.2 or --OCH.sub.3, X is Cl, Br
or I, Bn is benzyl and Et is ethyl:
##STR00006##
[0427] Compounds of formula (110) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917. Compounds of formula (112), (113) and
(117) are commercially available, or can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art.
[0428] As set forth above, a phenol compound of formula (111) is
synthesized by hydrogenation of compound of formula (110) with a
catalyst such as, but not limited to, palladium on carbon, in a
solvent such as, but not limited to, methanol. The formation of an
alkylated compound of formula (115), a compound of formula (I), is
achieved by alkylation of the compound of formula (111) with a
compound of formula (113), e.g., 2-iodoacetamide, in the presence
of a base such as, but not limited to, potassium carbonate, in a
solvent such as, but not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide. The
compound of formula (114) can also be synthesized by alkylation of
the compound of formula (111) with a compound of formula (112),
e.g., ethyl bromoacetate, in the presence of a base such as, but
not limited to, potassium carbonate, in a solvent such as, but not
limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide. Hydrolysis of compound of
formula (114) in the presence of a base such as, but not limited
to, lithium hydroxide affords acid compound of formula (116). The
acid compound of formula (116) is converted to the corresponding
acid chloride, by treatment with oxaly chloride in the presence of
catalytic amount of N,N-dimethylformamide in a solvent such as, but
not limited to, chloroform. The acid chloride reacts with a primary
or secondary amine of formula (117) in the presence of a base such
as, but not limited to, triethylamine to form the amide compound of
formula (118), a compound of formula (I).
[0429] Compounds of formula (I) wherein R.sup.1 is aralkyl
substituted with --N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 wherein one of R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 is hydrogen and the other is optionally substituted
heterocyclyl, e.g., pyrrolidin-3-yl, can be prepared in a similar
manner as described below in REACTION SCHEME 4 where n, R.sup.2,
R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.7 are as described above in the Summary
of the Invention, preferably R.sup.7 is hydrogen, and Boc is
t-butoxycarbonyl:
##STR00007##
[0430] Compounds of formula (119) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917. Compounds of formula (120), are
commercially available, or can be prepared according to methods
known to one skilled in the art.
[0431] As set forth above, compounds of formula (119) are reacted
with a primary or secondary amine of formula (120) in the presence
of a palladium catalyst such as, but not limited to,
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), with a ligand such as,
but not limited to,
(.+-.)-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthalene, with a base
such as, but not limited to, sodium tert-butoxide, in a solvent
such as, but not limited to, toluene, to provide the amino compound
of formula (121) as compounds of formula (I) (see Muci, A. R. et
al., Topics in Current Chemistry (2002), 219:131). The compound of
formula (122), a compound of formula (I), is synthesized by
deprotection of the compound of formula (121) with an acid, such
as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid or hydrochloride in
diethyl ether, in a solvent such as, but not limited to,
dichloromethane or methanol.
[0432] Compounds of formula (I) wherein R.sup.1 is heterocyclyl,
preferably pyrrolidinyl, substituted --C(O)R.sup.7 where R.sup.7 is
as described above in the Summary of the Invention, preferably
alkyl, even more preferably methyl, can be prepared in a similar
manner as described below in REACTION SCHEME 5 where n, R.sup.2,
R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are as described above in the Summary of the
Invention and Boc is t-butoxycarbonyl:
##STR00008##
[0433] Compounds of formula (123) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917.
[0434] As set forth above, a compound of formula (124) is
synthesized by deprotection of a compound of formula (123) with an
acid, such as, but not limited to, trifluoroacetic acid or
hydrochloride in diethyl ether, in a solvent such as, but not
limited to, dichloromethane or methanol. The compound of formula
(124) is converted to a compound of formula (125), a compound of
formula (I) by treatment of acetic anhydride in the presence of a
base such as, but not limited to, triethyl amine, in a solvent such
as, but not limited to, dichloromethane.
[0435] Compounds of formula (I) where R.sup.1 is
--R.sup.5--C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.5 or aralkyl
substituted with --C(.dbd.NOR.sup.6)N(R.sup.7)R.sup.5 where each
R.sup.5, R.sup.6, R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 is as defined above in the
Summary of the Invention, can be prepared in a similar manner as
described below in REACTION SCHEME 6 where n, R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and
R.sup.4 are as described above in the Summary of the Invention and
B is an straight or branched alkylene chain or an aralkyl:
##STR00009##
[0436] Compounds of formula (126) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917.
[0437] As set forth above, a compound of formula (127) is obtained
by treating a compound of formula (126) with hydroxylamine in a
solvent such as, but not limited to, dimethyl sulfoxide. The
compound of formula (127) is then converted to a compound of
formula (128), a compound of formula (I), by treatment of
cyclopropane carbonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as,
but not limited to, diisopropyl amine, in a solvent such as, but
not limited to, dichloromethane.
[0438] Compounds of formula (I) where R.sup.1 is aralkyl,
preferably benzyl, substituted with --S(O)R.sup.7 where R.sup.7 is
as defined above in the Summary of the Invention, preferably alkyl,
can be prepared in a similar manner as described below in REACTION
SCHEME 7 where n, R.sup.2, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are as described
above in the Summary of the Invention:
##STR00010##
[0439] Compounds of formula (129) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917.
[0440] As set forth above, a compound of formula (130), a compound
of formula (I), is synthesized by oxidation of a compound of
formula (129) with oxidant such as, but not limited to, sodium
metaperiodate in a solvent such as, but not limited to, water.
[0441] Compounds of formula (I) where R.sup.3 is
--N[S(O).sub.2R.sup.7].sub.2 where R.sup.7 is as described above in
the Summary of the Invention, can be prepared in a similar manner
as described below in REACTION SCHEME 8 where n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2,
R.sup.4 and each R.sup.7 are as described above in the Summary of
the Invention:
##STR00011##
[0442] Compounds of formula (131) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917.
[0443] As set forth above, a compound of formula (131) is reacted
with benzophenone imine in the presence of a palladium catalyst
such as, but not limited to,
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), with a ligand such as,
but not limited to,
(.+-.)-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthalene, with a base
such as, but not limited to, sodium tert-butoxide, in a solvent
such as, but not limited to, dioxane or tetrahedrofuran, to provide
an intermediate imino compound which is then deprotected by
treatment with an acid such as, but not limited to, hydrochloride
to afford a compound of formula (132). The compound of formula
(132) is reacted with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a
base such as, but not limited to, triethylamine in a solvent such
as, but not limited to, dichloromethane to form the sulfonamide
compound (133), a compound of formula (I) as formula (I).
[0444] Compounds of formula (I) where R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 where R.sup.5, R.sup.7 and R.sup.8
are as described above in the Summary of the Invention, preferably
where R.sup.5 is methylene, and R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are both alkyl,
can be prepared in a similar manner as described below in REACTION
SCHEME 9 where n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2 and R.sup.4 are as described
above in the Summary of the Invention, X is chloro, bromo or iodo,
Ts is tosyl, Ph is phenyl and Bn is benzyl:
##STR00012##
[0445] Compounds of formula (134) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917.
[0446] As set forth above, the benzyl protecting on the compound of
formula (134) is removed selectively by hydrogenation of the
compound of formula (134) under one atm pressure of hydrogen with a
catalyst such as, but is not limited to, palladium on carbon, in a
solvent such as, but is not limited to, methanol, to provide
compound of formula (135). The reaction of compound of formula
(135) with N,N-dimethylethanolamine under Mitsunobu reaction
conditions in the presence of a phosphine reagent such as, but not
limited to, triphenylphosphine, and diethyl azadicarboxylate, in a
solvent such as, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, provides the
compound of formula (136), a compound of formula (I). The
protecting diphenylmethyl group is removed at 60.degree. C. under a
high pressure of hydrogen, such as 60 psi, to form compound of
formula (137). The formation of a compound of formula (138), a
compound of formula (I), is achieved by alkylation of the compound
of formula (137) with a halide reagent XR.sup.1 (where X is chloro,
bromo or iodo) or a tosylate reagent TsOR.sup.1 in the presence of
a base such as, but not limited to, sodium hydride, lithium
hydroxide, and cesium carbonate, in a solvent such as, but not
limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, 2-butanone.
[0447] Compounds of formula (I) where R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)C(O)OR.sup.8 or
--O--R.sup.5--N(R.sup.7)R.sup.8 where each R.sup.5, R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are as described above in the Summary of the Invention, can
be prepared in a similar manner as described below in REACTION
SCHEME 10 where n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2 and R.sup.4 are as described
above in the Summary of the Invention, Ph is phenyl, Bn is benzyl
and TIPS is tris(1-methylethyl)silyl:
##STR00013##
[0448] Compounds of formula (134) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917. Compounds of formula (143) are
commercially available or can be prepared according to methods
known to one skilled in the art.
[0449] As set forth above, the diphenyl methyl and benzyl
protecting groups in the compounds of formula (134) is removed at
60.degree. C. under a high pressure of hydrogen, such as 60 psi, to
form a compound of formula (139) in a solvent such as, but not
limited to, methanol. The compound of formula (139) is then
protected selectively by TIPSCI to form a compound of formula
(140). The formation of a compound of formula (140) is achieved by
alkylation of the compound of formula (140) with a halide reagent
XR.sup.1 (where X is chloro, bromo or iodo) or a tosylate reagent
TsOR.sup.1 in the presence of a base such as, but not limited to,
sodium hydride, and cesium carbonate, in a solvent such as, but not
limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, 2-butanone. The
phenol compound of formula (142) can be obtained by deprotection of
a compound of formula (141) in the presence of tetrabutylammonium
fluoride. The reaction of compound of formula (142) with (D,L)
tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (143) under Mitsunobu
reaction conditions in the presence of a phosphine reagent such as,
but not limited to, triphenylphosphine, and diethyl
azadicarboxylate, in a solvent such as, but not limited to,
tetrahydrofuran, provides the compound of formula (144), a compound
of formula (I). The compound of formula (145), a compound of
formula (I), can be synthesized by deprotection of the compound of
formula (144) with an acid, such as, but not limited to,
hydrochloride in dioxane, in a solvent such as, but not limited to,
dichloromethane or methanol.
[0450] Compounds of formula (I) wherein R.sup.3 is
--O--R.sup.5--C(O)OR.sup.7 where R.sup.5 and R.sup.7 are as
described above in the Summary of the Invention, preferably where
R.sup.5 is methylene and R.sup.7 is hydrogen or alkyl, or wherein
R.sup.2 and R.sup.3, together with the carbons to which they are
attached, form a fused O-heterocyclyl ring substituted by .dbd.NOR'
where R.sup.7 is as described above in the Summary of the
Invention, can be prepared in a similar manner as described below
in REACTION SCHEME 11 where n, R.sup.1 and R.sup.4 are as described
above in the Summary of the Invention:
##STR00014##
[0451] Compounds of formula (146) can be prepared according to
methods known to one skilled in the art or by the methods disclosed
herein or by the methods disclosed in PCT Published Patent
Application WO 2006/110917.
[0452] As set forth above, a compound of formula (147), a compound
of formula (I), is synthesized by alkylation of a compound of
formula (146) with methyl bromoacetate in the presence of a base
such as, but not limited to, potassium carbonate, in a solvent such
as, but not limited to, 2-butanone. Hydrolysis of the compound of
formula (147) in the presence of a base such as, but not limited
to, lithium hydroxide affords the acid compound of formula (148), a
compound of formula (I). The acid compound of formula (148) is
converted to the corresponding acid chloride intermediate, by
treatment with oxalyl chloride in the presence of catalytic amount
of N,N-dimethylformamide in a solvent such as, but is not limited
to, benzene. The acid chloride intermediate is treated with
aluminum chloride to form the cyclized compound of formula (149) in
a solvent such as, but not limited to, 2-butanone. Compound of
formula (149) is then reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in
the presence of sodium acetate in a solvent such as, but is not
limited to, a 1:1 mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran, to
provide a compound of formula (150), a compound of formula (I).
[0453] All of the compounds described below as being prepared which
may exist in free base or acid form may be converted to their
pharmaceutically acceptable salts by treatment with the appropriate
inorganic or organic base or acid. Salts of the compounds prepared
below may be converted to their free base or acid form by standard
techniques. It is understood that all polymorphs, amorphous forms,
anhydrates, hydrates, solvates and salts of the compounds of the
invention are intended to be within the scope of the invention.
Furthermore, all compounds of the invention which contain an acid
or an ester group can be converted to the corresponding ester or
acid, respectively, by methods known to one skilled in the art or
by methods described herein.
[0454] The following Preparations, which are directed to the
preparation of intermediates or starting materials used in the
preparation of the compounds of the invention, the following
Examples, which are directed to the preparation of the compounds of
the invention, and the following Biological Examples are provided
as a guide to assist in the practice of the invention, and are not
intended as a limitation on the scope of the invention.
Preparation 1
Synthesis of
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-
-2-one
A. Synthesis of
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydr-
o-2H-indol-2-one
[0455] To a stirred solution of 3-(benzyloxy)phenol (8.7 g, 43.5
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added iso-propylmagnesium
chloride (22.7 mL, 2 M tetrahydrofuran solution, 45.4 mmol) slowly
at 0.degree. C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 0.degree. C. for
30 min, and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. Dichloromethane (100
mL) was added, followed by the addition of a solution of
1-(diphenylmethyl)-1H-indole-2,3-dione (12.4 g, 39.5 mmol) in
dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0.degree. C. The mixture was stirred at
ambient temperature for 16 h, and quenched with saturated ammonium
chloride solution. The organic layer was washed with water, dried
over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to dryness. The obtained solid was recrystallized from ethyl
acetate/hexanes to afford
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydr-
o-2H-indol-2-one (19.60 g, 97%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.49-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.25 (m,
13H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.72-6.62
(m, 2H), 6.51-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.39 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (s,
2H); MS (ES+) m/z 536.3 (M+23).
B. Synthesis of
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-
-2-one
[0456] A mixture of
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydr-
o-2H-indol-2-one (10.0 g, 19.5 mmol), triethylsilane (15.6 mL, 97.5
mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (15.0 mL, 195 mmol) was mixed and
stirred at 0.degree. C. for 20 min. The mixture was concentrated
under vacuum. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether to
afford
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-
-2-one (7.40 g, 76%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.44-7.25 (m, 14H), 7.23-7.17 (m 2H), 7.11-7.02
(m, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J=2.5 Hz,
1H), 6.55-6.49 (m, 1H), 6.46 (dd, J=8.6, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 1H),
4.99 (s, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z 498.3 (M+1).
Preparation 2
Synthesis of
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
A. Synthesis of
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydro-2H-i-
ndol-2-one
[0457] To a stirred solution of 3-bromophenol (11.9 g, 69.2 mmol)
in dichloromethane (160.0 mL) at 0.degree. C. was added
isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 38.0 mL,
76.1 mmol). The solution was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 30 min,
then 1-benzhydrylindoline-2,3-dione (10.0 g, 34.6 mmol) was added.
The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, then
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue obtained was
dissolved in ethyl acetate (400.0 mL) and washed with saturated
ammonium chloride solution (3.times.100.0 mL). The organic phase
was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in
vacuo to dryness. Purification by flash chromatography with 30%
ethyl acetate in hexanes afforded
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydro-2H-i-
ndol-2-one (11.7 g, 70%) as a beige solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.09 (br s, 1H), 7.47-7.16 (m, 11H), 7.12-7.00
(m, 3H), 6.92-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.66 (m, 1H), 6.51-6.45 (m, 1H),
4.57 (br s, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 484.2 (M+1), 486.2 (M+1).
B. Synthesis of
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
[0458] To an ice cold stirred solution of
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydro-2H-i-
ndol-2-one (13.1 g, 27.1 mmol) in triethylsilane (25.0 mL) was
added trifluoroacetic acid (25.0 mL). The solution was stirred at
ambient temperature for 64 h, then concentrated in vacuo to
dryness. Recrystallization from diethyl ether (25.0 mL) in a
Branson ultrasonic bench top water bath afforded
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
(10.1 g, 79%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.17 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.03 (m, 13H), 6.99-6.92 (m,
2H), 6.79-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.58-6.50 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H); MS (ES-)
m/z 468.2 (M-1), 470.2 (M-1).
Preparation 3
Synthesis of
6-(benzyloxy)-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne
[0459] To a stirred solution of
3-[4-(benzyloxy)-2-hydroxyphenyl]-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-
-2-one (7.4 g, 14.8 mmol), chloroiodomethane (2.7 mL, 37.0 mmol) in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added cesium carbonate (15.4
g, 47.4 mmol) under argon. The mixture was stirred at ambient
temperature for 16 h, then filtered through a pad of celite. The
filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by
column chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexanes, 1/5) followed by the
treatment with diethyl ether/hexanes to afford
6-(benzyloxy)-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne (4.1 g, 55%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.42-7.25 (m, 15H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 1H),
7.07-6.90 (m, 3H), 6.62-6.38 (m, 4H), 5.03-4.90 (m, 3H), 4.73 (d,
J=9.0 Hz, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 510.1 (M+1).
Preparation 4
Synthesis of
6-hydroxyspiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0460] A suspension of
6-(benzyloxy)-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne (0.60 g, 1.2 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was degassed by bubbling
through nitrogen for 1 h before palladium hydroxide on carbon (20%,
0.08 g, 0.12 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred under 120 psi
of hydrogen at 60.degree. C. for 16 h. The mixture was filtered
through a pad of celite, and the filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo. The obtained residue was recrystallized with ethyl acetate
and hexane to afford
6-hydroxy-2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,3'-indolin]-2'-one (0.25 g, 83%) as
a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
10.86-9.35 (br, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=7.3
Hz, 1H), 6.96-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (d, J=2.1
Hz, 1H), 6.17 (dd, J=8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59
(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 254.1 (M+1).
Preparation 5
Synthesis of
1'-(diphenylmethyl)-6-hydroxyspiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0461] A suspension of
6-(benzyloxy)-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne (1.00 g, 2.0 mmol) in methanol/ethyl acetate (15/25 mL) was
degassed by bubbling through nitrogen for 1 h before palladium on
carbon (5%, 0.42 g, 0.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred
under hydrogen at ambient temperature for 16 h. The mixture was
filtered through a pad of celite, and the filtrate was concentrated
in vacuo. The obtained residue was recrystallized from ethyl
acetate and hexane to afford
1'-(diphenylmethyl)-6-hydroxyspiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(0.78 g, 95%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.42-7.25 (m, 10H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 1H),
7.07-6.92 (m, 3H), 6.54-6.48 (m, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.33
(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (dd, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.65 (s, 1H), 4.99
(d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 420.1
(M+1).
Preparation 6
Synthesis of
1'-(4-bromobenzyl)spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)--
one
[0462] A mixture of
spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)one (1.05 g,
3.73 mmol), 4-bromobenzyl bromide (1.21 g, 4.84 mmol) and cesium
carbonate (1.84 g, 5.65 mmol) in 2-butanone (25 mL) was stirred at
ambient temperature for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl
acetate and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column
chromatography and eluted with hexanes/ethyl acetate (9:1,
increased to 1:1) to afford
1'-(4-bromobenzyl)spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)--
one (1.42 g, 84%) as a colorless solid: mp 148-150.degree. C.
(hexanes); .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.48 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.17 (m, 4H), 7.05 (dd, J=7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d,
J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.88 (s,
1H), 5.02 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (d,
J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.8, 156.1, 149.1, 142.5, 141.9, 134.9,
132.3, 132.2, 129.3, 129.1, 124.2, 123.8, 122.0, 119.4, 109.3,
103.1, 101.7, 93.8, 80.6, 58.4, 43.7; MS (ES+) m/z 452.0 (M+1),
450.0 (M+1).
Preparation 7
Synthesis of
3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H-
)-yl)methyl]benzonitrile
[0463] To a solution of
5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(0.97 g, 3.46 mmol) in 2-butanone (25 mL) were added cesium
carbonate (3.39 g, 10.39 mmol) and .alpha.-bromo-m-tolunitrile
(0.85 g, 4.33 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h,
cooled to ambient temperature, and filtered. The solid was washed
with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, the
residue was purified by column chromatography with ethyl
acetate-hexanes (1:5-1:1), followed by recrystallization from ethyl
acetate and ether to afford
3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H-
)-yl)methyl]benzonitrile (1.26 g, 92%) as a colorless solid: mp
187-193.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.61-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.03
(m, 1H), 6.73-6.71 (m, 1H), 6.43-6.41 (m, 2H), 5.11-4.70 (m, 4H),
4.53 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 3.09-2.91 (m, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 178.1, 162.0, 161.4, 141.5, 137.5, 132.6,
131.9, 131.6, 130.7, 129.9, 128.9, 124.3, 123.9, 120.2, 119.9,
118.7, 118.4, 113.1, 108.8, 93.4, 80.5, 72.5, 57.7, 43.4, 29.0; MS
(ES+) m/z 394.8 (M+1).
Preparation 8
Synthesis of
(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)acetonit-
rile
[0464] Following the procedure as described in PREPARATION 7 and
making non-critical variations using chloroacetonitrile to replace
.alpha.-bromo-m-tolunitrile, and
spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one to
replace
5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2''(1'H)-one,
(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)acetonit-
rile was obtained (61%) as a colorless solid: mp 170-172.degree.
C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.38 (dt, J=7.7,
1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.11
(dt, J=7.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=1.5
Hz, 2H), 4.94 (ABq, 2H), 4.73 (ABq, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 176.8, 155.8, 148.9, 142.2, 141.0, 131.9,
129.4, 124.3, 124.3, 119.8, 116.0, 109.7, 103.5, 101.9, 93.8, 80.1,
57.8, 28.8; MS (ES+) m/z 321.3 (M+1).
Preparation 9
Synthesis of
4-((2'-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-b]furan-3,3'-indoline]-1'-y-
l)methyl)benzonitrile
[0465] Following the procedure as described in PREPARATION 7 and
making non-critical variations using 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile to
replace .alpha.-bromo-m-tolunitrile,
4-((2'-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-b]furan-3,3'-indoline]-1'-y-
l)methyl)benzonitrile was obtained (88%) as a colorless solid: mp
69-71.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.73-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.00
(m, 1H), 6.75-6.66 (m, 1H), 6.47-6.38 (m, 2H), 4.99 (ABq, 2H), 4.83
(ABq, 2H), 4.54 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 3.06-2.92 (m, 2H); MS (ES+) m/z
395.0 (M+1).
Preparation 10
Synthesis of
3-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)propan-
enitrile
[0466] Following the procedure described in PREPARATION 7 and
making non-critical variations using 3-bromopropionitrile to
replace .alpha.-bromo-m-tolunitrile, and
spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one to
replace
5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2''(1'H)-one,
3-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)propan-
enitrile was obtained (86%) as a colorless solid: mp
200-202.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
7.32 (ddd, J=7.6, 7.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15
(d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (ddd, J=7.4, 7.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (s,
1H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 5.89 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (ABq, J=9.3 Hz,
2H), 4.10-3.88 (m, 2H), 2.95 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75
MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 177.1, 155.8, 148.8, 142.2, 141.9,
132.3, 129.3, 124.1, 123.7, 120.1, 119.1, 109.8 103.6, 101.9, 93.7,
80.3, 57.9, 35.9, 16.2; MS (ES+) m/z 335.1 (M+1).
Preparation 11
Synthesis of tert-butyl
(2S)-2-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate
[0467] Following the procedure as described in PREPARATION 7 and
making non-critical variations using (S)-tert-butyl
2-(tosyloxymethyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (Fuji, K., et al., J.
Am. Chem. Soc. (1989), 111(20):7921-5) to replace
.alpha.-bromo-m-tolunitrile, tert-butyl
(2S)-2-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate was obtained (80%) as a
colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) (diastereomers)
.delta. 7.37-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.54-6.41 (m, 2H),
4.96-4.88 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.534 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),
4.527 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.85 (m, 1H),
3.80-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.05-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.77
(m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 4.5H), 1.42 (s, 4.5H); MS (ES+) m/z 485.1
(M+23).
Preparation 12
Synthesis of
1'-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difur-
an-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0468] A solution of tert-butyl
(2S)-2-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.74 g, 1.60 mmol) and
trifluoroacetic acid (1.6 mL) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was stirred
at ambient temperature for 80 h. The reaction was made basic with 1
M sodium hydroxide (30 mL) and was extracted with dichloromethane
(3.times.25 mL). The combined organic solution was dried over
sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to
afford
1'-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difur-
an-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.51 g, 89%) as a pale yellow solid: mp
83-86.degree. C. (hexanes); .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
(diastereomers) .delta. 7.29 (dd, J=7.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d,
J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.52, 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H),
4.95, 4.91 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (t,
J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.91-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.14-2.90 (m,
5H), 1.98-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.66-1.51 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 363.1
(M+1).
Preparation 13
Synthesis of
1'-[3-(benzyloxy)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0469] To a stirred solution of
5,6-dihydro-2H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-b]furan-3,3'-indolin]-2'-one
(1.0 g, 3.6 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (18 mL) was added
sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.17 g, 4.3 mmol) at ambient
temperature. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1
h, cooled in an ice/water bath, and
1-(benzyloxy)-3-(bromomethyl)benzene (1.4 g, 5.0 mmol) in dry
N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was
stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. Water (200 mL) and ethyl
acetate (200 mL) were added to the mixture. The organic solution
was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl
acetate (2.times.100 mL). The combined organic solution was washed
with brine (150 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate,
filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by
column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate 3:1) to afford
1'-[3-(benzyloxy)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (1.4 g, 82%) as a colorless solid: mp
66-68.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.43-7.14 (m, 8H), 7.06-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.97-6.87 (m, 3H), 6.81-6.75
(m, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.00 (m, 3H), 4.85-4.75
(m, 1H), 4.84 (ABq, 2H), 4.56-4.47 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 2H);
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.9, 161.8, 161.3,
159.2, 142.1, 137.4, 136.6, 132.7, 129.9, 128.7, 128.6, 128.0,
127.5, 123.8, 123.4, 120.2, 119.9 (2C), 118.8, 114.0, 113.9, 109.3,
93.2, 80.5, 72.3, 70.0, 57.7, 44.0, 29.0; MS (ES+) m/z 476.1
(M+1).
Preparation 14
Synthesis of
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1H)-one
[0470] A mixture of
1'-[3-(benzyloxy)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (1.30 g, 2.7 mmol) and 10% wt. palladium on
carbon (0.25 g) in dry methanol (14 mL) was hydrogenated at ambient
temperature under a balloon pressure for 16 h. The mixture was
filtered through a pad of celite and concentrated in vacuo to
dryness. The residue was subjected to column chromatography
(hexanes/ethyl acetate from 2:1 to 1:1) to afford
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3-
,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.97 g, 93%) as a colorless solid: mp
225-227.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.48
(s, 1H), 7.30-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.06-6.94 (m, 2H),
6.81-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.72-6.69 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.63 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s,
1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.85 (ABq, J=35.6, 15.8 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (ABq, 2H),
4.55-4.46 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.92 (m, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.0, 161.1, 160.6, 157.6, 142.2, 137.6,
132.0, 129.7, 128.6, 123.6, 123.0, 120.4, 119.9, 118.9, 117.7,
114.4, 113.6, 109.4, 92.5, 79.8, 72.1, 56.9, 42.9, 28.3; MS (ES+)
m/z 386.0 (M+1).
Preparation 15
Synthesis of
1'-[4-(methylsulfanyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1H)-one
[0471] Following the procedure as described in PREPARATION 7 and
making non-critical variations using
(4-(bromomethyl)phenyl)(methyl)sulfane to replace
.alpha.-bromo-m-tolunitrile,
1'-[4-(methylsulfanyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one was obtained (61%) as a colorless solid:
MS (ES+) m/z: 416.2 (M+1).
Preparation 16
Synthesis of
6-bromo-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0472] To a stirred solution of
3-(4-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(diphenylmethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
(10.1 g, 22.6 mmol) and cesium carbonate (22.1 g, 67.8 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL) was added chloroiodomethane (5.88 g,
33.9 mmol). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 3
h, then filtered through a pad of silica gel followed by
tetrahydrofuran rinses (500.0 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to dryness, and recrystallized from diethyl ether (20.0 mL)
in a Branson ultrasonic bench top water bath to afford
6-bromo-1-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2' rHyone
(7.3 g, 67%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.44-7.25 (m, 10H), 7.15-7.09 (m, 2H),
7.07-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.56-6.49 (m, 2H), 5.03 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.76
(d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 482.1 (M+1), 484.0 (M+1).
Preparation 17
Synthesis of 6-bromospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0473] A stirred solution of
6-bromo-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1H)-one
(2.5 g, 5.2 mmol), triethylsilane (5.0 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid
(15.0 mL) was refluxed for 14 h. The solution was concentrated in
vacuo and precipitated from hexanes to afford
6-bromospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (1.47 g, 89%) as
a colorless solid: MS (ES+) m/z 316.1 (M+1), 318.1 (M+1).
Preparation 18
Synthesis of
6-bromo-1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-
-2'(1'H)-one
[0474] To a stirred solution of
6-bromospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (1.3 g, 4.3 mmol)
in 2-butanone (40.0 mL) was added cesium carbonate (4.2 g, 12.9
mmol) and (R)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
(1.4 g, 5.4 mmol). The reaction was refluxed for 16 h, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography with 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford
6-bromo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol-
]-2'(1'H)-one (1.75 g, 100%) as a colorless solid: MS (ES+) m/z
400.0 (M+1), 402.0 (M+1).
Preparation 19
Synthesis of
6-amino-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol-
]-2'(1'H)-one
[0475] To a stirred solution of
6-bromo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol-
]-2'(1H)-one (1.65 g, 4.1 mmol), benzophenone imine (0.90 g, 4.92
mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.46 g, 0.51
mmol), 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl (0.96 g, 1.6
mmol) in toluene (50.0 mL) was added sodium tert-butoxide (0.55 g,
5.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 2 h, cooled to
ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (75 mL), filtered
through celite and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue
was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) and 3 M hydrochloric acid
(15 mL). The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL), and
adjusted to basic with 5 M sodium hydroxide. The aqueous phase was
further extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.100 mL). The combined
organic solution was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography and eluted with ethyl acetate in hexanes (15% to 50%
gradient) to afford
6-amino-1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-
-2'(1'H)-one (0.84 g, 61%) as a colorless solid: mp 71-74.degree.
C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3, mixture of diastereomers)
.delta. 7.29-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.14-6.95 (m, 3H), 6.46 (d, J=8.1 Hz,
1H), 6.26 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (dd, J=8.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.75
(ABq, J=75.6, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.31-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.61 (m, 6H),
2.08-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.77-1.61 (m, 1H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3, mixture of diastereomers) .delta. 178.3 (2), 162.1,
148.4, 142.9 (2), 132.7 (2), 128.6 (2), 123.7, 123.6 (2), 123.2
(2), 118.8 (2), 109.4 (2), 108.4, 97.2, 80.3 (2), 68.2 (2), 57.6
(2), 44.5 (2), 29.1 (2), 25.6 (2); MS (ES+) m/z 337.0 (M+1).
Preparation 20
Synthesis of
6-hydroxy-1'[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indo-
l]-2'(1'H)-one
[0476] To a solution of
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spi-
ro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1H)-one (1.69 g, 3.43 mmol) in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) under nitrogen was added
tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 10
mL, 10 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature
for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue
was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (25 mL), washed with water
(2.times.20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate,
filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column
chromatography with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford
6-hydroxy-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one (1.00 g, 86%) as a colorless solid: mp
72-74.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.29
(ddd, J=7.5, 7.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.01 (m, 3H), 6.80-6.67 (br,
1H), 6.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.24 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.17-6.09 (m,
1H), 4.96-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.69-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.24 (m, 1H),
4.00-3.71 (m, 4H), 2.12-1.61 (m, 4H); MS (ES+) m/z 338.1 (M+1).
Preparation 21
Synthesis of
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione
[0477] To a solution of
({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzof-
uran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetic acid (0.42 g, 1.06 mmol) in
benzene were added oxaly chloride (0.28 mL, 3.18 mmol) and a drop
of N,N-dimethyl formamide. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 16
h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and dried over high vacuum
pump. The residue was re-dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (30
mL), then aluminum trichloride (0.21 g, 1.59 mmol) was added. The
reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, and
refluxed for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by saturated ammonium
chloride solution, then extracted with dichloromethane (2.times.50
mL). The combined organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate,
filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give
1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'--
indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione (0.28 g, 69%) as a colorless solid: mp
142-144.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.36-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.00 (m, 4H), 6.64-6.60 (m, 1H), 5.08 (d,
J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.85-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 4.31-4.19 (m, 1H),
3.98-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.11-1.84 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 1H); MS (ES+)
m/z 377.9 (M+1), 399.9 (M+23).
Preparation 22
Synthesis of
4-chloro-3-hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indo-
l-2-one
[0478] To a solution of 1,3-benzodioxol-5-ol (4.86 g, 22.0 mmol) in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added dropwise a solution of
isopropyl magnesium chloride (49.6 mmol, 24.8 mL, 2.0 M solution in
tetrahydrofuran) at 0.degree. C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture
was stirred for 30 min upon which time 4-chloroisatin (4.00 g, 22.0
mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at
ambient temperature for 2 h and quenched by the addition of 10%
aqueous hydrochloric acid (25.0 mL) and the mixture was
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was diluted with
ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with saturated ammonium chloride
(3.times.30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered.
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was
triturated with hot diethyl ether to afford
4-chloro-3-hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indo-
l-2-one (6.70 g, 95%) as a beige solid: mp 250-253.degree. C.;
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 10.30, (s, 1H), 9.04
(s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=8.2 Hz,
1H), 6.70 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 5.88 (d,
J=6.7 Hz, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 178.1,
148.6, 147.0, 145.6, 139.6, 130.6, 130.1, 129.6, 122.3, 118.6,
108.9, 108.4, 101.1, 97.4, 75.8; MS (ES-) m/z 304.2 (M-17), 302.2
(M-17).
Preparation 23
Synthesis of
4-chloro-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
[0479] To a solution of
4-chloro-3-hydroxy-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indo-
l-2-one (6.00 g, 18.8 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (70.0 mL)
was added trifluoroacetic acid (30.7 g, 269 mmol) and
triethylsilane (18.0 mL, 13.1 g, 113 mmol) at ambient temperature.
The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h.
The reaction mixture was quenched with water (100.0 mL) and the
solid was filtered. The solid was triturated with diethyl ether to
afford
4-chloro-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
(4.71 g, 83%) as colourless solid: mp 210-225.degree. C. (dec.); MS
(ES+) m/z 304.1 (M+1), 302.1 (M+1).
Preparation 24
Synthesis of
4-chloro-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-di-
hydro-2H-indol-2-one
[0480] To a suspension of
4-chloro-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one
(4.5 g, 14.9 mmol), para-formaldehyde (1.78 g, 59.4 mmol) in water
(50.0 mL) was added the aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (2.38
g, 59.4 mmol) in water (10.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred
at 0.degree. C. for 2 h and quenched with 10% hydrochloric acid
(50.0 mL). The precipitate was filtered and washed with water
(100.0 mL). The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate
(3.times.50.0 mL). The combined organic solution was dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was triturated with
ethyl acetate and diethyl ether to afford
4-chloro-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-di-
hydro-2H-indol-2-one (3.91 g, 72%) as a colourless solid:
mp>210.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
9.04 (s, 1H), 7.17 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.86
(s, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=11.0 Hz,
2H), 5.03 (q, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 4.86 (br, 1H), 4.64 (ABq, 2H);
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 177.9, 150.3, 146.9,
146.8, 139.9, 129.1, 129.0, 128.6, 122.7, 116.0, 108.8, 107.6,
101.2, 97.7, 63.6, 63.3, 56.6; MS (ES+) m/z 364.2 (M+1), 346.2
(M-17).
Preparation 25
Synthesis of
4'-chlorospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
[0481] To a solution of
4-chloro-3-(6-hydroxy-1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-di-
hydro-2H-indol-2-one (3.63 g, 10.0 mmol) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL) was added tributylphosphine (2.53 g,
12.5 mmol) at 0.degree. C. followed by the solution of
di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (2.88 g, 12.5 mmol) in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (25.0 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 1 h followed by the additon of ammonium hydroxide
(100.0 mL). The reaction mixtuture was continued to stir for
another 2 h. The reaction was quenched with 10% aqueous solution of
hydrochloric acid (100.0 mL). The reaction solution was extracted
with ethyl acetate (3.times.100 mL). The combined organic solution
was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate
was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by
flash chromatography with ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford
4'-chlorospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(0.98 g, 31%) as a colourless solid: mp 175-185.degree. C.; .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 10.81 (s, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=8.0
Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s,
1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 5.90 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 4.74 (ABq, J=9.5 Hz,
2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 178.4, 157.0,
148.8, 144.2, 141.9, 130.9, 130.3, 129.2, 123.0, 117.5, 109.4,
103.3, 101.9, 93.3, 77.8, 58.9; MS (ES+) m/z 318.3 (M+1), 316.3
(M+1).
Preparation 26
Synthesis of
4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl-
)acetonitrile
[0482] A mixture of
4'-chlorospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(2.00 g, 6.35 mmol), chloroacetonitrile (0.60 g, 7.94 mmol) and
cesium carbonate in acetone (48.0 mL) and 2-butanone (24.0 mL) was
heated at reflux for 1 h. The hot reaction mixture was filtered,
and then washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated
in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography with ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford
4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl-
)acetonitrile (2.11 g, 94%) as a colourless solid: mp
122-123.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
7.41 (dd, J=8.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d,
J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 5.90 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 2H),
4.95 (ABq, J=17.9 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (ABq, J=9.9 Hz, 2H); .sup.13C NMR
(75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 176.4, 156.7, 149.2, 143.0, 141.9,
131.1, 130.4, 128.4, 124.6, 116.8, 115.8, 108.8, 103.3, 101.9,
93.4, 77.6, 58.3, 29.2; MS (ES+) m/z 355.2 (M+1).
Preparation 27
Synthesis of
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)-N'-hydroxyethanimidamide
[0483] To a solution of
4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl-
)acetonitrile (1.81 g, 5.10 mmol) in ethanol (25.0 mL) and
dimethylsulfoxide (3.0 mL) was added hydroxylamine (0.67 g, 20.4
mL) at ambient temperature. The yellow reaction solution was
stirred for 2 h upon which time yellow precipitate formed. The
precipitate was filtered, washed with water (100.0 mL) and dried
under vacuum to afford
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)-N'-hydroxyethanimidamide (1.54 g, 78%) as a fluffy yellow
solid: mp 180-185.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=3.8 Hz,
1H), 6.98 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 6.32 (s, 1H), 5.60 (d,
J=3.8 Hz, 2H), 5.54 (br, 2H), 4.78 (ABq, J=9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s,
2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 176.8, 156.6,
148.9, 147.7, 145.1, 141.9, 130.8, 129.9, 128.5, 123.5, 117.5,
109.1, 103.7, 101.9, 93.2, 77.5, 58.4, 40.9; MS (ES+) m/z 388.11
(M+1).
Example 1
Synthesis of
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00015##
[0485] To a solution of
1-(diphenylmethyl)-6-hydroxyspiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(0.69 g, 1.7 mol), N,N-dimethylethanolamine (0.83 mL, 8.3 mmol) and
triphenylphosphine (1.74 g, 6.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL)
was added diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.05 mL, 6.6 mmol) slowly at
0.degree. C. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16
h, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by
column chromatography (ethyl acetate/methanol/ammonium hydroxide,
10/1/0.2) to afford
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran--
3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.75 g, 92%) as an oil: .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.40-7.25 (m, 10H), 7.15-7.09 (m, 1H),
7.04 (s, 1H), 7.02-6.89 (m, 2H), 6.56-6.46 (m, 3H), 6.36 (dd,
J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),
4.00 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.22
(s, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 491.1 (M+1).
Example 2
Synthesis of
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00016##
[0487] A mixture of
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-(diphenylmethyl)spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.75 g, 1.5 mmol), triethylsilane (1.3 mL, 8.2
mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. The
mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was treated
with diethyl ether/hexanes to afford
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(0.52 g, 99%) as a colorless solid: mp 95-97.degree. C.; .sup.1H
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 10.58 (s, 1H), 7.21 (td, J=7.6,
1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.64-6.57
(m, 2H), 6.40 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.67
(d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 2H),
2.81 (s, 6H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 178.9,
162.1, 159.5, 142.3, 133.1, 129.2, 124.2, 124.1, 122.8, 122.7,
110.3, 108.2, 97.5, 80.4, 62.9, 57.6, 55.7, 43.2; MS (ES+) m/z
325.2 (M+1).
Example 3
Synthesis of
6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne
##STR00017##
[0489] To a solution of
6-hydroxyspiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (3.0 g, 11.8
mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) under nitrogen
were added imidazole (1.97 g, 28.9 mmol) and triisopropylsilyl
chloride (6.03 mL, 28.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at
ambient temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated
in vacuo to dryness. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate
(2.times.50 mL), the combined organic solution was dried over
sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and
purified by flash chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes
to afford
6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne (2.68 g, 69% yield) as colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 8.48-8.08 (br, 1H), 7.29-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.10 (d,
J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (dd, J=8.1, 2.1 Hz,
1H), 4.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.34-0.98 (m,
21H).
Example 4
Synthesis of
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spi-
ro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00018##
[0491] To a solution of
6-{[tris(1-methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne (2.46 g, 6.0 mmol) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) at
0.degree. C. under nitrogen was added sodium hydride (0.24 g, 6.0
mmol). The above mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 20 min,
then (R)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
(1.69 g, 6.6 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at
ambient temperature for 30 min, then heated to 60.degree. C. for 5
h. The reaction was quenched with aqueous saturated ammonium
chloride (10 mL), poured into water (15 mL) and extracted with
ethyl acetate (3.times.40 mL). The combined organic solution was
washed with water (2.times.50 mL) and brine (1.times.50 mL), dried
over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was
purified by column chromatography with 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes
to afford
1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-6-{[tris(1-methylethyOsilyl]oxy}spiro-
[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (1.70 g, 58%) as a colorless
oil: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.33-7.26 (m, 1H),
7.14-6.98 (m, 3H), 6.53 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H),
6.32 (dd, J=8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.3 Hz,
1H), 4.34-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.66 (m, 4H), 2.10-1.66 (m, 4H),
1.34-0.98 (m, 21H); MS (ES+) m/z 494.2 (M+1).
Example 5
Synthesis of tert-butyl
(3R)-3-({4-[(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)methyl]phenyl}-amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate
##STR00019##
[0493] In an oven-dried 25 mL two-neck round bottom flask, equipped
with a reflux condensor, was added (R)-1-Boc-3-aminopyrrolidine
(0.26 g, 1.39 mmol),
(.+-.)-2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthalene (0.07 g, 0.11
mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.03 g, 0.03 mmol)
and sodium tert-butoxide (0.16 g, 1.61 mmol). The flask was flushed
with nitrogen and a solution of
1-(4-bromobenzyl)spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-o-
ne (0.50 g, 1.11 mmol) in freshly degassed toluene (5 mL) was
added. The flask was flushed again with nitrogen and the reaction
was stirred at reflux under nitrogen for 14.5 h. The mixture was
cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through Celite. The
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue
was purified by flash column chromatography with
dichloromethane/diethyl ether (14:1) to afford tert-butyl
(3R)-3-({4-[(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)methyl]phenyl}-amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.60 g, 98%) as
a pale brown solid: mp 115-118.degree. C. (hexanes); .sup.1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 7.24-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.01 (dd, J=7.5, 7.5 Hz,
1H), 6.85 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H),
6.12 (s, 1H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 5.00-4.94 (m, 2H),
4.72-4.66 (m, 2H), 4.00 (br s, 1H), 3.80-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.38
(m, 2H), 3.30-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.80 (m, 1H),
1.46 (s, 9H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.6,
156.0, 154.7, 148.9, 146.6, 142.4, 142.3, 132.4, 128.95, 128.89,
124.8, 123.9, 123.3, 119.7, 113.4, 109.6, 103.2, 101.5, 93.7, 80.6,
79.6, 58.3, 53.0, 52.3, 52.2, 51.8, 44.2, 43.8; MS (ES+) m/z 578.2
(M+23).
Example 6
Synthesis of
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00020##
[0495] A solution of tert-butyl
(3R)-3-({4-[(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)methyl]phenyl}-amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.53 g, 0.94
mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was
stirred at ambient temperature for 70 min. The reaction was made
basic with 1 M sodium hydroxide (50 mL) and extracted with
dichloromethane (4.times.30 mL). The combined organic solution was
dried oversodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced
pressure. Purification by flash column chromatography with
dichloromethane/methanol/ammonium:hydroxide (14:1:0.15) afforded
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.34 g, 78%) as an off-white solid: mp
118-121.degree. C. (hexanes); .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.23-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.00 (dd, J=7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d,
J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.12 (s, 1H),
5.87 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.99-4.94 (m, 2H),
4.71-4.66 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.83 (br s, 1H), 3.15-3.04
(m, 2H), 2.97-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=11.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H),
2.21-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.98 (br s, 1H), 1.67-1.57 (m, 1H); .sup.13C NMR
(75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.6, 155.9, 148.8, 147.2, 142.3,
132.3, 128.85, 128.80, 124.3, 123.8, 123.3, 119.6, 113.4, 109.6,
103.1, 101.5, 93.6, 80.5, 58.3, 53.9, 53.6, 45.7, 43.8, 33.6; MS
(ES+) m/z 456.2 (M+1).
Example 7
Synthesis of
1'-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxol-
e-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride
##STR00021##
[0497] A mixture of
1-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-
-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.27 g, 0.59 mmol) and hydrochloric acid
(2 M in diethyl ether, 1.6 mL, 3.2 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was
stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min. The mixture was diluted
with diethyl ether and the precipitate was collected by filtration,
and dried to afford
1-{4-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamino]benzyl}spiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzo-
dioxole-7,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride (0.27 g, 87%) as a
beige solid: mp 190-195.degree. C. (hexanes); .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 9.30 (br s, 2H), 7.26 (ddd, J=7.8, 7.8, 0.9
Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.04-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 6.61
(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.10 (s, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 4.82
(d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.82 (d, J=14.9 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (d, J=14.9 Hz,
1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.14 (m, 3H),
3.07-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.80 (m, 1H); .sup.13C
NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 176.8, 155.4, 148.4, 145.2,
142.3, 141.7, 131.7, 128.8, 128.5, 125.7, 123.6, 123.0, 119.8,
114.2, 109.6, 102.8, 101.5, 93.4, 79.8, 57.5, 52.5, 49.0, 43.4,
42.8, 29.9; MS (ES+) m/z 456.2 (M+1).
Example 8
Synthesis of
1'-{[(2S)-1-acetylpyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl}-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,-
4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00022##
[0499] A solution of
1'-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difur-
an-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.23 g, 0.62 mmol), acetic anhydride
(0.09 mL, 0.95 mmol) and triethylamine (0.17 mL, 1.2 mmol) in
dichloromethane (4 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 40
min. The reaction was diluted with 0.2 M hydrochloric acid (50 mL)
and extracted with dichloromethane (3.times.25 mL). The combined
organic solution was dried oversodium sulfate, filtered and
concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash column
chromatography with dichloromethane/diethyl ether (4:1) afforded
1'-{[(2S)-1-acetylpyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl}-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,-
4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.21 g, 84%) as an off-white
solid: mp 103-108.degree. C. (hexanes); .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) (diastereomers) .delta. 7.54, 7.53 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),
7.35, 7.34 (dd, J=8.1, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06
(dd, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.49, 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.42, 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.91,
4.90 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.68, 4.67 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.54, 4.53
(t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.49-4.42 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.54
(m, 1H), 3.46-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.00, 2.99 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 2.26-1.76
(m, 4H), 2.11-2.08 (s, 3H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
(diastereomers) .delta. 178.49, 178.47, 170.2, 161.9, 161.8, 161.5,
161.4, 142.6, 142.4, 132.5, 132.3, 129.36, 129.33, 123.8, 123.7,
123.6, 123.5, 120.4, 120.2, 120.0, 119.9, 119.2, 118.7, 110.01,
109.96, 93.4, 93.2, 80.9, 80.8, 72.5, 57.9, 55.0, 54.8, 47.9, 41.5,
41.2, 29.2, 29.1, 28.0, 27.8, 23.9, 22.92, 22.90; MS (ES+) m/z
405.1 (M+1).
Example 9
Synthesis of
N'-hydroxy-4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide
##STR00023##
[0501] To a stirred solution of
4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H-
)-yl)methyl]benzonitrile (1.30 g, 32.9 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide
(10 mL) was added 50% wt solution hydroxylamine in water (2 mL).
The reaction was heated with stirring at 80.degree. C. for 1 h,
then cooled to ambient temperature and the product was precipitated
by adding distilled water (25 mL). The solid was filtered and air
dried to afford
N'-hydroxy-4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide (1.32 g, 93%) as a
colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 9.17 (s,
1H), 7.40-7.03 (m, 13H), 6.99-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.79-6.74 (m, 2H),
6.58-6.50 (m, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H); MS (ES-) m/z 468.2, 470.2
(M-1).
Example 10
Synthesis of
N'-hydroxy-3-(2'-oxo-6H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-d][1,3]-dioxole-7,3'-indoline-
]-1'-yl)propanimidamide
##STR00024##
[0503] To a stirred solution of
3-(2'-oxo-6H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-d][1,3]dioxole-7,3'-indoline]-1'-yl)prop-
anenitrile (2.00 g, 6.0 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (15.0 mL) was
added hydroxylamine (50% wt solution in water, 1.6 mL, 24 mmol).
The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, then the
product was precipitated upon addition of water/ethanol (3:1, 100
mL). The solvent was decanted and the remaining solid was
triturated in distilled water (75 mL). The solid was filtered and
air-dried to afford
N'-hydroxy-3-(2'-oxo-6H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-d][1,3]dioxole-7,3'-indoline]-
-1'-yl)propanimidamide as a colorless solid (2.00 g, 91%): MS (ES+)
m/z 368.2 (M+1).
Example 11
Synthesis of
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)-N'-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy]ethanimidamide
##STR00025##
[0505] A stirred solution of
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxo-6H-spiro[benzofuro[6,5-d][1,3]dioxole-7,3'-indoline]--
1'-yl)-N'-hydroxyacetimidamide (0.40 g, 1.0 mmol), diisopropylamine
(0.16 g, 1.6 mmol) and cyclopropane carbonyl chloride (0.16 g, 1.6
mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was stirred for 16 h at ambient
temperature. The colorless solid that precipitated from the
solution was filtered, washed with water (5 mL) and diethyl ether
(5 mL) to afford
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-
-yl)-N'-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy]ethanimidamide (0.25 g, 53%) as a
colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.31
(dd, J=8.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (br s, 2H),
6.54 (s, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 5.88 (s, 2H), 4.77 (ABq, 2H), 4.43
(ABq, 2H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.73 (m, 4H); .sup.13C NMR (75
MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 176.9, 171.9, 156.5, 153.6, 148.9,
144.8, 141.9, 130.8, 130.0, 128.6, 117.4, 108.8, 104.4, 101.8,
104.5, 101.8, 104.4, 101.8, 93.0, 77.5, 58.4, 11.7, 8.45, 8.42; MS
(ES+) m/z 456.1 (M+1), 478.1 (M+23).
Example 12
Synthesis of
N'-hydroxy-3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide
##STR00026##
[0507] To a solution of
3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H-
)-yl)methyl]benzonitrile (1.15 g, 2.92 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide
(20 mL) was added hydroxylamine (50% wt in H.sub.2O, 2 mL, 32.67
mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80.degree. C. for 3 h, and
cooled to ambient temperature. The precipitate was collected by
filtration, washed with water and diethyl ether, and dried in vacuo
to afford
N'-hydroxy-3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-in-
dol]-1'(2'H) yl)methyl]benzenecarboximidamide (0.85 g, 68%):
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.96 (br s, 1H), 7.61 (s,
1H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.15 (m, 2H),
7.03-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H),
5.12-4.68 (m, 6H), 4.49 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 3.01-2.91 (m, 2H); MS
(ES+) m/z 427.8 (M+1).
Example 13
Synthesis of
2-{3-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b]difuran-3,3-indol]-1(2H)--
yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide
##STR00027##
[0509] To a stirred solution of
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.30 g, 0.78 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL)
was added potassium carbonate (0.32 g, 2.3 mmol) at ambient
temperature and 2-iodoacetamide (0.29 g, 1.6 mmol). The mixture was
stirred at 40.degree. C. for 16 h. Water (20 mL) and chloroform (80
mL) were added to the mixture. The organic solution was separated
and the aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform (2.times.80
mL). The combined organic solution was washed with saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (60 mL), brine (60 mL), dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in
vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography
(hexanes/ethyl acetate from 1:1 to 1:2 to 0:1) to afford
2-{3-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b]difuran-3,3-indol]-1(2H)--
yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide (0.30 g, 87%) as a colorless solid: mp
109-111.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.54
(s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 1H),
7.06-6.92 (m, 4H), 6.89-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H),
5.00-4.81 (m, 3H), 4.77-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.45 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s,
1H), 3.07-2.87 (m, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
177.1, 169.7, 161.1, 160.6, 158.0, 142.1, 137.9, 132.0, 129.8,
128.6, 123.6, 123.1, 120.4, 119.9 (2C), 118.9, 113.7, 113.5, 109.4,
92.5, 79.8, 72.1, 66.6, 56.9, 42.9, 28.3; MS (ES+) m/z 443.0
(M+1).
Example 13.1
Synthesis of
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide
##STR00028##
[0511] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 13 and
making non-critical variations using
1'-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one to replace
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one,
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide was obtained (81%) as a colorless
solid: mp 215-216.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.35-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.06-6.99 (m, 1H),
6.93-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.83-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.52 (br s, 1H), 6.46 (s,
1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.67 (br s, 1H), 5.04-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.85-4.76
(m, 1H), 4.73-4.66 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H),
3.10-2.90 (m, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.9,
170.7, 161.8, 160.3, 156.7, 142.0, 132.7, 129.6, 129.0, 128.6,
123.9, 123.4, 120.1, 119.9, 118.8, 115.0, 109.1, 93.2, 80.6, 72.4,
67.1, 57.7, 43.4, 29.0; MS (ES+) m/z 443.0 (M+1).
Example 13.2
Synthesis of
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide
##STR00029##
[0513] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 13 and
making non-critical variations using
1'-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-i-
ndol]-2'(1'H)-one to replace
1-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indo-
l]-2'(1H)-one,
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide was obtained (63%) as a
colorless solid: mp 225-227.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.22 (m,
3H), 7.19-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.53
(s, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 4.86 (ABq, J=27.4, 15.3 Hz, 2H), 4.74 (ABq,
J=40.5, 9.3 Hz, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.22-4.08 (m, 4H); .sup.13C NMR
(75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 176.6, 169.8, 157.1, 154.6, 144.1,
142.1, 137.8, 131.7, 128.8, 128.7, 128.5, 123.6, 123.0, 121.2,
114.8, 110.9, 109.4, 98.8, 79.4, 66.6, 64.2, 63.5, 57.2, 42.4; MS
(ES+) m/z 458.9 (M+1).
Example 13.3
Synthesis of
1-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxi-
ne-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00030##
[0515] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 13 and
making non-critical variations using
1'-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-i-
ndol]-2'(1'H)-one to replace
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one, and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether to replace
2-iodoacetamide,
1'-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2' rHyone was obtained (68%) as a colorless solid:
mp 124-125.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.29-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.04-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.93-6.87 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.77
(m, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.88 (ABq, J=76.5, 15.3 Hz,
2H), 4.79 (ABq, J=83.8, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.22-4.07 (m, 6H), 3.76-3.71
(m, 2H), 3.44 (s, 3H); .sup.13C NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
177.5, 158.4, 155.2, 144.6, 142.1, 138.3, 132.3, 128.7, 128.0,
123.8, 123.3, 121.1, 114.9, 111.5, 109.3, 99.4, 80.1, 71.0, 67.2,
64.5, 63.9, 59.2, 58.0, 43.6; MS (ES+) m/z 460.0 (M+1).
Example 13.4
Synthesis of
1'-{-4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]-
benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00031##
[0517] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 13 and
making non-critical variations using
1'-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-i-
ndol]-2' rHyone to replace
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one, and 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl chloride hydrochloride
to replace 2-iodoacetamide,
1'-{4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]b-
enzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1H)-one was obtained (26%) as a
colorless solid: mp 77-79.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.30-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.86
(m, 2H), 6.82-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.88 (ABq,
J=77.2, 15.3 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (ABq, J=83.8, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.23-4.05 (m,
6H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 6H); .sup.13C NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.5, 158.3, 155.2, 144.6, 142.1, 138.3,
132.3, 128.7, 127.9, 123.8, 123.3, 121.1, 114.9, 111.5, 109.3,
99.4, 80.2, 65.8, 64.5, 63.9, 58.2, 58.0, 45.8, 43.6; MS (ES+) m/z
472.8 (M+1).
Example 14
Synthesis of ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate
##STR00032##
[0519] To a stirred solution of
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.46 g, 1.18 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL)
were added potassium carbonate (0.32 g, 2.36 mmol), ethyl
bromoacetate (0.20 mL, 1.77 mmol), and potassium iodide (0.024 g,
0.14 mmol) at ambient temperature. The mixture was stirred at
40.degree. C. for 16 h. Water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL)
were added to the mixture. The organic solution was separated and
the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.80 mL).
The combined organic solution was washed with brine (100 mL), dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in
vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography
(hexanes/ethyl acetate from 2:1 to 1:1) to afford ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate (0.52 g, 93%): mp 45-46.degree. C.;
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.30-7.15 (m, 3H),
7.06-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.90 (br s, 1H), 6.84-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s,
1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 5.07-4.96 (m, 2H), 4.87-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.75-4.68
(m, 1H), 4.60-4.50 (m, 4H), 4.22 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.11-2.91 (m,
2H), 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 177.9, 168.7, 161.8, 161.3, 158.2, 142.0, 137.6, 132.7,
130.0, 128.7, 123.8, 123.4, 120.7, 120.2, 119.9, 118.9, 114.0,
113.7, 109.2, 93.2, 80.6, 72.4, 65.4, 61.4, 57.7, 44.0, 29.0, 14.1;
MS (ES+) m/z 471.9 (M+1).
Example 14.1
Synthesis of ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate
##STR00033##
[0521] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 14 and
making non-critical variations using
1'-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one to replace
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1H)-one, ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate was obtained (76%) as a colorless
solid: mp 158-159.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.33-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.06-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.84 (m, 2H),
6.84-6.77 (m, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.89 (ABq, J=64.4,
15.3 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (ABq, J=82.8, 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H),
4.58-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.27 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.10-2.91 (m, 2H), 1.29
(t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.9,
168.8, 161.8, 161.3, 157.4, 142.0, 132.8, 129.0, 128.9, 128.6,
123.8, 123.3, 120.2, 119.9, 118.8, 115.0, 109.2, 93.2, 80.6, 72.4,
65.4, 61.4, 57.7, 43.5, 29.0, 14.1; MS (ES+) m/z 472.0 (M+1).
Example 14.2
Synthesis of ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate
##STR00034##
[0523] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 14 and
making non-critical variations using
1'-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-i-
ndol]-2'(1'H)-one to replace
1'-(3-hydroxybenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one, ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate was obtained (95%) as a colorless
solid: mp 59-61.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 7.34-7.12 (m, 4H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.85 (m, 2H),
6.81-6.77 (m, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.89 (ABq, J=73.0,
15.4 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (ABq, J=82.8, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.61-4.59 (m, 2H),
4.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.22-4.10 (m, 4H), 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H);
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.5, 168.8, 157.4,
155.2, 144.6, 142.0, 138.3, 132.3, 128.9, 128.8, 128.7, 123.8,
123.3, 121.1, 115.0, 111.5, 109.3, 99.4, 80.1, 65.4, 64.5, 63.9,
61.4, 58.0, 43.5, 14.1; MS (ES+) m/z 488.0 (M+1).
Example 15
Synthesis of
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid
##STR00035##
[0525] To a stirred solution of ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate (0.46 g, 0.98 mmol) in a mixture of
tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) and water (15 mL) was added lithium
hydroxide monohydrate (0.32 g, 2.3 mmol) at ambient temperature.
The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The
mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a small volume, diluted with
water (15 mL), washed with diethyl ether (60 mL), and acidified
with 37% hydrochloric acid to pH 1. A white precipitate was formed.
The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3.times.60 mL). The
combined organic solution was washed with water (30 mL), brine (50
mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and
concentrated in vacuo to afford
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid (0.41 g, 95%): mp 95-96.degree.
C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) 7.33-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.07-6.97
(m, 2H), 6.92 (br s, 1H), 6.88-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.42 (s,
1H), 5.08-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.88-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.74-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.63
(s, 2H), 4.57-4.48 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.89 (m, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 178.2, 172.6, 161.8, 161.3, 157.9, 141.9,
137.6, 132.6, 130.1, 128.8, 123.9, 123.6, 120.9, 120.0, 118.9,
113.9, 113.7, 113.7, 109.3, 93.2, 80.5, 72.4, 64.7, 57.8, 44.0,
29.0; MS (ES+) m/z 444.0 (M+1).
Example 15.1
Synthesis of
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid
##STR00036##
[0527] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 15 and
making non-critical variations using ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate to replace ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate,
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid was obtained (88%) as a colorless
solid: mp 265-266.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6)
.delta. 12.99 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 1H),
7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.86 (m, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H),
4.86 (q, J=15.5 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (ABq, J=38.0, 9.3 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (s,
2H), 4.55-4.46 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.90 (m, 2H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 177.0, 170.1, 161.1, 160.6, 157.0, 142.1,
132.1, 128.7, 128.5, 123.6, 122.9, 120.4, 119.8, 118.8, 114.6,
109.4, 92.4, 79.8, 72.0, 64.3, 56.9, 42.4, 28.3; MS (ES+) m/z 443.8
(M+1).
Example 15.2
Synthesis of
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid
##STR00037##
[0529] Following the procedure as described in EXAMPLE 15 and
making non-critical variations using ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate to replace ethyl
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate,
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid was obtained (66%) as a
colorless solid: mp 223-224.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz,
DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 13.00 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.13
(m, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.08
(s, 1H), 4.93-4.77 (m, 3H), 4.70-4.61 (m, 3H), 4.21-4.08 (m, 4H);
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 180.6, 176.6, 170.1,
157.0, 154.7, 144.1, 142.1, 137.8, 131.7, 128.7, 128.5, 123.6,
123.0, 121.2, 114.6, 110.9, 109.4, 98.8, 79.4, 64.4, 64.2, 63.5,
57.2, 42.4; MS (ES+) m/z 459.9 (M+1).
Example 15.3
Synthesis of
1'-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00038##
[0531] To a solution of ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(-
2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate (0.22 g, 0.44 mmol) in anhydrous
1,2-dimethoxyethane (5 mL) was added at 0.degree. C. lithium
borohydride (2.0 M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.44 mL, 0.88 mmol)
dropwise. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h,
cooled to 0.degree. C., and 7% w/v aqueous citric acid (15 mL) was
added dropwise. The mixture was extracted with chloroform
(3.times.60 mL). The combined organic layers was washed with
saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and brine (50 mL),
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated
in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluted
with 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford
1'-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodiox-
ine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.12 g, 63%) as a colorless solid: mp
196-197.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.31-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.86
(m, 2H), 6.83-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H), 4.89 (ABq,
J=79.6, 15.4 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (ABq, J=83.8, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.22-4.08 (m,
4H), 4.08-3.91 (m, 4H), 1.94 (s, 1H); .sup.13C NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.5, 158.2, 155.2, 144.6, 142.0, 138.2,
132.3, 128.8, 128.7, 128.2, 123.8, 123.3, 121.0, 114.9, 111.5,
109.3, 99.4, 80.1, 69.1, 64.5, 63.9, 61.4, 58.0, 43.6; MS (ES+) m/z
446.0 (M+1).
Example 16
Synthesis of
N-methyl-2-{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-i-
ndol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide
##STR00039##
[0533] To a stirred solution of
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid (0.22 g, 0.5 mmol) in dry
chloroform (5 mL) was added at ambient temperature oxalyl chloride
(0.43 mL, 5.0 mmol) followed by 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide.
The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and
evaporated to dryness in vacuo to afford crude
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-
-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetyl chloride. The crude product was
dissolved in dry dichloromethane (5 mL), and used in the next step.
To a solution of methylamine hydrochloride (0.07 mg, 1.0 mmol) in
dry dichloromethane (5 mL) containing triethylamine (0.35 mL, 2.5
mmol) was added at 0.degree. C. 5.0 mL (0.50 mmol) of the stock
solution of
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'-
H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetyl chloride. The mixture was stirred at
ambient temperature for 16 h, diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL),
washed with 7% aqueous solution of citric acid (10 mL), water (10
mL), and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue
was purified by column chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate 1:3)
to afford
N-methyl-2-{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-i-
ndol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide (0.09 g, 40%) as a
colorless solid: mp 175-176.degree. C.; .sup.1HNMR (300 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) 7.34-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.09-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H),
6.87-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.55 (br s, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H),
5.09-4.96 (m, 2H), 4.88-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.75-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.51
(m, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.11-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.88 (m, 3H);
.sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 177.9, 168.4, 161.9,
161.3, 157.6, 142.0, 137.9, 132.7, 130.3, 128.7, 123.9, 123.5,
121.0, 120.1, 120.0, 118.8, 113.9, 113.6, 109.1, 93.3, 80.6, 72.4,
67.2, 57.7, 43.9, 29.0, 25.7; MS (ES+) m/z 457.0 (M+1).
Example 17
Synthesis of
1'-[4-(methylsulfinyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00040##
[0535] A solution of
1'-(4-(methylthiobenzyl)-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.28 g, 0.67 mmol) and sodium metaperiodate
(0.071 g, 0.33 mmol) in water (5 mL) was refluxed for 10 min. The
reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, and extracted
with ethyl acetate (2.times.20 mL). The organic layer was
concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue was
subjected to column chromatography eluting with ethyl
acetatehexanes (1:2) to afford
1'-[4-(methylsulfinyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.09 g, 30%) as an off-white solid:
.sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.56 (dd, J=39.8, 7.74
Hz, 4H), 7.26-6.72 (m, 4H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.99 (ABq,
2H), 4.82 (ABq, 2H), 4.53 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.05-2.92 (m, 2H),
2.70 (s, 3H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 178.0,
161.9, 161.3, 145.4, 141.7, 139.2, 132.6, 128.8, 128.3, 124.2,
124.1, 123.7, 120.0, 119.9, 118.7, 108.9, 93.3, 80.6, 72.4, 57.7,
43.9, 43.7, 29.0; MS (ES+) m/z: 431.8 (M+1).
Example 18
Synthesis of
N-(methylsulfonyl)-N-{2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-d-
ihydrospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}methanesulfonamide
##STR00041##
[0537] To a stirred solution of
6-amino-1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-
-2'(1'H)-one (0.15 g, 0.45 mmol), triethylamine (0.09 g, 0.9 mmol)
in dichloromethane was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.13 g, 1.1
mmol). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h then
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography with ethyl acetate in hexanes (gradient: 25% to 75%)
to afford
N-(methylsulfonyl)-N-{2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-d-
ihydrospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}methanesulfonamide (0.83
g, 37%) as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6,
mixture of diastereomers) .delta. 7.32 (dd, J=7.7, 7.7 Hz, 1H),
7.24-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.02 (dd, J=7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.89 (m, 1H),
6.69 (dd, J=8.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.94-4.74 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.06 (m, 1H),
3.91-3.39 (m, 11H), 2.03-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.66-1.51 (m, 1H); MS (ES+)
m/z 493.1 (M+1).
Example 19
Synthesis of tert-butyl
[1-methyl-2-({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrosp-
iro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)ethyl]carbamate
##STR00042##
[0539] To a stirred solution of triphenylphosphine (0.58 g, 2.22
mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) at 0.degree. C. under
nitrogen were added diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.44 mL, 2.22
mmol), (D,L) tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (0.39 g, 2.22
mmol) and
6-hydroxy-1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indo-
l]-2'(1'H)-one (0.30 g, 0.889 mmol). The reaction mixture was
stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h, and quenched with ammonium
chloride solution. The solvent tetrahydrofuran was removed, and the
residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and was washed with
water, brine, then dried over sodium sulfate and fitered. The
filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by
flash chromatograph with 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes to yield
tert-butyl
[1-methyl-2-({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrosp-
iro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)ethyl]carbamate (0.14 g, 32%)
as a colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.33-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.15-6.99 (m, 3H), 6.60 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.52
(d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (d, J=9.0 Hz,
1H), 4.85-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.68 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.22 (m, 1H),
4.14-3.66 (m, 7H), 2.10-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.26 (d, J=6.9
Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 517.2 (M+23).
Example 20
Synthesis of
6-(2-aminopropoxy)-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-
-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride
##STR00043##
[0541] To a solution of tert-butyl
[1-methyl-2-({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrosp-
iro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)ethyl]carbamate (0.135 g,
0.273 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added 4 M HCl in dioxane
(2 mL, 8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for
3 h, followed by the addition of anhydrous ether (20 mL). The white
solid was filtered, washed with ether and dried to afford
6-(2-aminopropoxy)-1-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran--
3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride (0.115 g, 99%) as a colorless
solid: mp 120-130.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD)
.delta. 7.37-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.67-6.62 (m, 3H), 4.94-4.85 (m, 1H),
4.73 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.36-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.65 (m, 6H),
2.14-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.40 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H); MS (ES+) m/z 395.1
(M+1).
Example 21
Synthesis of
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-b-
enzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
##STR00044##
[0543] To a stirred solution of
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
(0.21 g, 0.64 mmol) in 2-butanone (10 mL) was added
(R)-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (0.20 g,
0.76 mmol) followed by cesium carbonate (0.63 g, 1.90 mmol) at
0.degree. C. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16
h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was subjected to column
chromatography (ethyl acetate/methanol/ammonium hydroxide,
10/1/0.2) to give
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-b-
enzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.20 g, 76%): .sup.1H NMR (300
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.31-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.14-6.96 (m, 3H), 6.57
(d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz,
1H), 4.91 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.19 (m,
1H), 4.00 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.94-3.63 (m, 4H), 2.68 (t, J=5.8 Hz,
2H), 2.97 (s, 6H), 2.09-1.63 (m, 4H); .sup.13C NMR (75 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 178.1, 177.9, 162.0, 160.7, 142.9, 142.8,
132.5, 132.4, 128.7, 128.6, 123.7, 123.6, 123.5, 123.4, 123.2,
121.1, 121.0, 109.6, 109.4, 108.1, 97.2, 80.6, 80.5, 68.24, 68.2,
66.3, 58.2, 57.5, 45.9, 44.6, 44.5, 29.2, 28.9, 25.7, 25.5; MS
(ES+) m/z 409.3 (M+1).
Example 22
Synthesis of
methyl({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1--
benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetate
##STR00045##
[0545] The mixture of
6-hydroxy-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-ind-
ol]-2'(1'H)-one (0.42 g, 1.23 mmol), potassium carbonate (0.22 g,
1.60 mmol) and methyl bromoacetate (0.15 mL, 1.60 mmol) in
2-butanone (10 mL) was refluxed for 15 h. The reaction mixture was
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was purified by flash
chromatography with 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford
methyl({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1--
benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetate (0.51 g, 87%) as a
colorless solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
7.33-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.64-6.59 (m, 1H), 6.51 (d,
J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (d, J=9.0 Hz,
1H), 4.72 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.32-4.24 (m, 1H),
3.99-3.66 (m, 7H), 2.07-1.84 (m, 3H), 1.78-1.64 (m, 1H); MS (ES+)
m/z 409.9 (M+1), 447.9 (M+39).
Example 23
Synthesis of
({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzof-
uran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetic acid
##STR00046##
[0547] To a solution of
methyl({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1,2'-dihydrospiro[1-b-
enzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetate (0.51 g, 1.25 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and water (1 mL) was added lithium hydroxide
(0.05 g, 1.62 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient
temperature for 16 h. To the reaction mixture was added 1 N HCl to
adjust pH<2, then extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.50 mL).
The combined organic solution was washed with water and brine, then
dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford
({2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzof-
uran-3,3'-indol]-6-yl}oxy)acetic acid (0.42 g, 85%) as a colorless
solid: .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.33-7.26 (m, 1H),
7.15-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.64 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),
6.40-6.34 (m, 1H), 4.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),
4.59 (s, 2H), 4.35-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.10-1.86 (m,
3H), 1.79-1.65 (m, 1H); MS (ES+) m/z 396.0 (M+1), 417.9 (M+23).
Example 24
Synthesis of
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione 5-oxime
##STR00047##
[0549] To a solution of
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione (0.25 g, 0.66 mmol) in methanol (10 mL)
and tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) were added hydroxylamine hydrochloride
(0.92 g, 13.3 mmol) and sodium acetate (1.09 g, 13.3 mmol). The
reaction mixture was stirred for 48 h at ambient temperature. To
the reaction mixture was added 1 N sodium hydroxide to adjust
pH>9. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2.times.50
mL). The combined organic solution was washed with water and brine,
then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-
-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione 5-oxime (0.25 g, 96%) as a colorless
solid: mp 82-100.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 8.00-7.50 (br, 1H), 7.49-6.83 (m, 5H), 6.52-6.46 (m, 1H),
5.10-4.93 (m, 3H), 4.76-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.30-5.19 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.66
(m, 4H), 2.08-1.60 (m, 4H); MS (ES+) m/z 392.9 (M+1), 414.9
(M+23).
Example 25
Synthesis of
(1Z)-N'-hydroxy-2-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)ethanimidamide
##STR00048##
[0551] To a mixture of
2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)acetonitr-
ile (2.00 g, 6.25 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) and dimethyl sulfoxide
(5 mL) was added hydroxylamine (25.0 g, 1.6 mL, 50% wt solution in
water). The reaction solution was stirred at ambient temperature
for 2 h to form a colourless precipitate. The solid was filtered,
washed with water (3.times.20 mL), and dried to afford
(1Z)-N'-hydroxy-2-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-1-
'(2'H)-yl)ethanimidamide (1.88 g, 85%) as a colourless solid: mp
235-238.degree. C.; .sup.1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta.
9.20 (s, 1H), 7.26 (dd, J=7.7, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H),
6.99 (dd, J=8.6, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 5.89 (d,
J=1.8 Hz, 2H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 4.70 (ABq, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H); .sup.13C
NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6) .delta. 177.1, 155.7, 148.7, 147.9,
143.0, 142.1, 132.3, 129.1, 123.7, 123.3, 120.5, 110.0, 103.9,
101.8, 93.6, 80.2, 57.8, 40.3; MS (ES+) m/z 354.18 (M+1), 337.2
(M-17).
Biological Assays
[0552] Various techniques are known in the art for testing the
activity of the compound of the invention or determining their
solubility in known pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In
order that the invention described herein may be more fully
understood, the following biological assays are set forth. It
should be understood that these examples are for illustrative
purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting this
invention in any manner.
Biological Example 1
Guanidine Influx Assay (In Vitro Assay)
[0553] This example describes an in vitro assay for testing and
profiling test agents against human or rat sodium channels stably
expressed in cells of either an endogenous or recombinant origin.
The assay is also useful for determining the IC.sub.50 of a sodium
channel blocking compound. The assay is based on the guanidine flux
assay described by Reddy, N. L., et al., J. Med. Chem. (1998),
41(17):3298-302.
[0554] The guanidine influx assay is a radiotracer flux assay used
to determine ion flux activity of sodium channels in a
high-throughput microplate-based format. The assay uses
.sup.14C-guanidine hydrochloride in combination with various known
sodium channel modulators, to assay the potency of test agents.
Potency is determined by an IC.sub.50 calculation. Selectivity is
determined by comparing potency of the compound for the channel of
interest to its potency against other sodium channels (also called
`selectivity profiling`).
[0555] Each of the test agents is assayed against cells that
express the channels of interest. Voltage gated sodium channels are
either TTX sensitive or insensitive. This property is useful when
evaluating the activities of a channel of interest when it resides
in a mixed population with other sodium channels. The following
Table 1 summarizes cell lines useful in screening for a certain
channel activity in the presence or absence of TTX.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 CELL LINE mRNA Expression Functional
Characterization CHO-K1 (Chinese Na.sub.v1.4 expression has been
The 18- to 20-fold increase in Hamster Ovary; shown by RT-PCR
[.sup.14C] guanidine influx was recommended No other Na.sub.v
expression has completely blocked using TTX. host cell line) been
detected (Na.sub.v1.4 is a TTX sensitive ATTC accession channel)
number CCL-61 L6 (rat myoblast Expression of Na.sub.v1.4 and 1.5
The 10- to 15-fold increase in cell) ATTC [.sup.14C] guanidine
influx was only Number CRL-1458 partially blocked by TTX at 100 nM
(Na.sub.v1.5 is TTX resistant) SH-SY5Y (Human Published Expression
of The 10- to 16-fold increase in neuroblastoma) Na.sub.v1.9 and
Na.sub.v1.7 (Blum et [.sup.14C] guanidine influx above ATTC Number
al.) background was partially blocked CRL-2266 by TTX (Na.sub.v1.9
is TTX resistant) SK-N-BE2C (a Expression of Na.sub.v1.8
Stimulation of BE2C cells with human pyrethroids results in a
6-fold neuroblastoma cell increase in [.sup.14C] guanidine influx
line ATCC Number above background. CRL-2268) TTX partially blocked
influx (Na.sub.v1.8 is TTX resistant) PC12 (rat Expression of
Na.sub.v1.2 The 8- to 12-fold increase in [.sup.14C]
pheochromocytom expression guanidine influx was completely a) ATTC
Number blocked using TTX. (Na.sub.v1.2 is a CRL-1721 TTX sensitive
channel)
[0556] It is also possible to employ recombinant cells expressing
these sodium channels. Cloning and propagation of recombinant cells
are known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Klugbauer,
N, et al., EMBO J. (1995), 14(6):1084-90; and Lossin, C., et al.,
Neuron (2002), 34, pp. 877-884).
[0557] Cells expressing the channel of interest are grown according
to the supplier or in the case of a recombinant cell in the
presence of selective growth media such as G418 (Gibco/Invitrogen).
The cells are disassociated from the culture dishes with an
enzymatic solution (1.times.) Trypsin/EDTA (Gibco/Invitrogen) and
analyzed for density and viability using haemocytometer (Neubauer).
Disassociated cells are washed and resuspended in their culture
media then plated into Scintiplates (Beckman Coulter Inc.)
(approximately 100,000 cells/well) and incubated at 37.degree.
C./5% CO.sub.2. for 20-24 hours. After an extensive wash with Low
sodium HEPES-buffered saline solution (LNHBSS) (150 mM Choline
Chloride, 20 nM HEPES (Sigma), 1 mM Calcium Chloride, 5 mM
Potassium Chloride, 1 mM Magnesium Chloride, 10 mM Glucose) agents
diluted with LNHBSS are added to each well. (Varying concentrations
of test agent may be used). The activation/radiolabel mixture
contains aconitine (Sigma) to increase the percentage of time that
the sodium channels are open, and .sup.14C-guanidine hydrochloride
(ARC) to measure flux through the voltage-gated sodium
channels.
[0558] After loading the cells with test agent and
activation/radiolabel mixture, the Scintiplates are incubated at
ambient temperature. Following the incubation, the Scintplates are
extensively washed with LNHBSS supplemented with guanidine (Sigma).
The Scintiplates are dried and then counted using a Wallac
MicroBeta TriLux (Perkin-Elmer Life Sciences). The ability of the
test agent to block sodium channel activity is determined by
comparing the amount of .sup.14C-guanidine present inside the cells
expressing the different sodium channels. Based on this data, a
variety of calculations, as set out elsewhere in this
specification, may be used to determine whether a test agent is
selective for a particular sodium channel.
[0559] The IC.sub.50 value of a test agent for a specific sodium
channel may be determined using the above general method. The
IC.sub.50 may be determined using a 3, 8, 10, 12 or 16 point curve
in duplicate or triplicate with a starting concentration of 1, 5 or
10 .mu.M diluted serially with a final concentration reaching the
sub-nanomolar, nanomolar and low micromolar ranges. Typically the
mid-point concentration of test agent is set at 1 .mu.M, and
sequential concentrations of half dilutions greater or smaller are
applied (e.g. 0.5 .mu.M; 5 .mu.M and 0.25 .mu.M; 10 .mu.M and 0.125
.mu.M; 20 .mu.M etc.). The IC.sub.50 curve is calculated using the
4 Parameter Logistic Model or Sigmoidal Dose-Response Model formula
(fit=(A+((B-A)/(1+((C/x) D)))).
[0560] The fold selectivity, factor of selectivity or multiple of
selectivity, is calculated by dividing the IC.sub.50 value of the
test sodium channel by the reference sodium channel, for example,
Na.sub.V1.5.
[0561] Representative compounds of the invention, when tested in
the above assay using a known cell line that expresses a sodium
channel, demonstrated an IC.sub.50 (nM) activity level as set forth
below in Table 2 wherein "A" refers to an IC.sub.50 activity level
of from 1 nM to 100 nM, "B" refers to an IC.sub.50 activity level
from 100 nM to 1 .mu.M, "C" refers to an IC.sub.50 activity level
from 1 .mu.M to 10 .mu.M, and "D" refers to an IC.sub.50 activity
level equal to or greater than 10 .mu.M. The Synthetic Example
numbers provided in Table 2 correspond to the Synthetic Examples
herein:
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 IC.sub.50 Activity Ex. # Compound Name Level
2
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
D 4 1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]-6-{[tris(1- B
methylethyl)silyl]oxy}spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 8
1'-{[(2S)-1-acetylpyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl}-5,6- C
dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 11
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-
B 1'(2'H)-yl)-N'-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy]ethanimidamide 13
2-{3-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b]difuran-3,3- A
indol]-1(2H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.1
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'- A
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.2
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine- A
8,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.3
1'-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3- A
g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 13.4
1'-{4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3- B
dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
14 ethyl {3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran- B
3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate 14.1 ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran- A
3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate 14.2 ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3- A
g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)- yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate
15 {3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'- C
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid 16
N-methyl-2-{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- A
b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 17
1'-[4-(methylsulfinyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- B
b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 18
N-(methylsulfonyl)-N-{2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2- C
ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-
yl}methanesulfonamide 20
6-(2-aminopropoxy)-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2- C
ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride
21 6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2- C
ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 24
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- C
b']difuran-3,3'-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione 5-oxime 25
(1Z)-N'-hydroxy-2-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole- B
7,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)ethanimidamide
Biological Example 2
Electrophysiological Assay (In Vitro Assay)
[0562] Cells expressing the channel of interest are cultured in
DMEM growth media (Gibco) with 0.5 mg/mL G418, +/-1% PSG, and 10%
heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum at 37.degree. C. and 5%
CO.sub.2. For electrophysiological recordings, cells are plated on
10 mm dishes.
[0563] Whole cell recordings are examined by established methods of
whole cell voltage clamp (Bean et al., op. cit.) using an Axopatch
200B amplifier and Clampex software (Axon Instruments, Union City,
Calif.). All experiments are performed at ambient temperature.
Electrodes are fire-polished to resistances of 2-4 Mohms
[0564] Voltage errors and capacitance artifacts are minimized by
series resistance compensation and capacitance compensation,
respectively. Data are acquired at 40 kHz and filtered at 5 kHz.
The external (bath) solution consists of: NaCl (140 mM), KCl (5
mM), CaCl.sub.2 (2 mM), MgCl.sub.2 (1 mM), HEPES (10 mM) at pH 7.4.
The internal (pipette) solution consists of (in mM): NaCl (5),
CaCl.sub.2 (0.1), MgCl.sub.2 (2), CsCl (10), CsF (120), HEPES (10),
EGTA (10), at pH 7.2.
[0565] To estimate the steady-state affinity of compounds for the
resting and inactivated state of the channel (K.sub.r and K.sub.i,
respectively), 12.5 ms test pulses to depolarizing voltages from
-60 to +90 m V from a holding potential of -120 m V is used to
construct current-voltage relationships (I-V curves). A voltage
near the peak of the IV-curve (-30 to 0 m V) is used as the test
pulse throughout the remainder of the experiment. Steady-state
inactivation (availability) curves are then constructed by
measuring the current activated during a 8.75 ms test pulse
following 1 second conditioning pulses to potentials ranging from
-120 to -10 mV.
[0566] The steady-state voltage-dependence of binding of a compound
to a sodium channel is determined by measuring the blockage of the
ionic current at two holding potentials. Binding to rested-state
channels is determined by using a holding potential of -120 mV, so
that maximal availability is achieved. Binding to inactivated-state
channels is evaluated at a holding potential such that only 10% of
the channels are available to open. The membrane potential is held
at this voltage for at least 10 seconds so that drug binding can
equilibrate.
[0567] The apparent dissociation constant at each voltage is
calculated with the equation:
% inhibition = [ Drug ] ( [ Drug ] + K d ) ##EQU00001##
where K.sub.d is the dissociation constant (either K.sub.r or
K.sub.i), and [Drug] is the concentration of the test compound.
[0568] Representative compounds of the invention, when tested in
this model, demonstrated affinities for the inactivated state of
the channel of interest as set forth below in Table 3 wherein "A"
refers to K.sub.i of less than 300 nM and "B" refers to K.sub.i of
greater than 300 nM. The Example numbers provided in Table 3
correspond to the Examples herein:
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 Ex. K.sub.i No. Compound Name (.mu.M) 13.2
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3- B
g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-
1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.4
1'-{4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3- A
dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]- 2'(1'H)-one
14 ethyl {3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- B
b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)- yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate 15.3
1'-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3- B
dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-
8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
Biological Example 3
Analgesia Induced by sodium channel Blockers
Heat Induced Tail Flick Latency Test
[0569] In this test, the analgesia effect produced by administering
a compound of the invention can be observed through heat-induced
tail-flick in mice. The test includes a heat source consisting of a
projector lamp with a light beam focused and directed to a point on
the tail of a mouse being tested. The tail-flick latencies, which
are assessed prior to drug treatment, and in response to a noxious
heat stimulus, i.e., the response time from applying radiant heat
on the dorsal surface of the tail to the occurrence of tail flick,
are measured and recorded at 40, 80, 120, and 160 minutes.
[0570] For the first part of this study, 65 animals undergo
assessment of baseline tail flick latency once a day over two
consecutive days. These animals are then randomly assigned to one
of the 11 different treatment groups including a vehicle control, a
morphine control, and 9 compounds at 30 mg/Kg are administered
intramuscularly. Following dose administration, the animals are
closely monitored for signs of toxicity including tremor or
seizure, hyperactivity, shallow, rapid or depressed breathing and
failure to groom. The optimal incubation time for each compound is
determined via regression analysis. The analgesic activity of the
test compounds is expressed as a percentage of the maximum possible
effect (% MPE) and is calculated using the following formula:
% MPE Postdrug latency - Predrug latency Cut - off time ( 10 s ) -
Predrug latency .times. 100 % ##EQU00002##
[0571] where:
[0572] Postdrug latency=the latency time for each individual animal
taken before the tail is removed (flicked) from the heat source
after receiving drug.
[0573] Predrug latency=the latency time for each individual animal
taken before the tail is flicked from the heat source prior to
receiving drug.
[0574] Cut-off time (10 s)=is the maximum exposure to the heat
source.
Acute Pain (Formalin Test)
[0575] The formalin test is used as an animal model of acute pain.
In the formalin test, animals are briefly habituated to the
plexiglass test chamber on the day prior to experimental day for 20
minutes. On the test day, animals are randomly injected with the
test articles. At 30 minutes after drug administration, 50 .mu.of
10% formalin is injected subcutaneously into the plantar surface of
the left hind paw of the rats. Video data acquisition begins
immediately after formalin administration, for duration of 90
minutes.
[0576] The images are captured using the Actimetrix Limelight
software which stores files under the *.IIii extension, and then
converts it into the MPEG-4 coding. The videos are then analyzed
using behaviour analysis software "The Observer 5.1", (Version 5.0,
Noldus Information Technology, Wageningen, The Netherlands). The
video analysis is conducted by watching the animal behaviour and
scoring each according to type, and defining the length of the
behaviour (Dubuisson and Dennis, 1977). Scored behaviours include:
(1) normal behaviour, (2) putting no weight on the paw, (3) raising
the paw, (4) licking/biting or scratching the paw. Elevation,
favoring, or excessive licking, biting and scratching of the
injected paw indicate a pain response. Analgesic response or
protection from compounds is indicated if both paws are resting on
the floor with no obvious favoring, excessive licking, biting or
scratching of the injected paw.
[0577] Analysis of the formalin test data is done according to two
factors: (1) Percent Maximal Potential Inhibitory Effect (% MPIE)
and (2) pain score. The % MPIEs is calculated by a series of steps,
where the first is to sum the length of non-normal behaviours
(behaviours 1, 2, 3) of each animal. A single value for the vehicle
group is obtained by averaging all scores within the vehicle
treatment group. The following calculation yields the MPIE value
for each animal:
MPIE(%)=100-[(treatment sum/average vehicle value).times.100%]
[0578] The pain score is calculated from a weighted scale as
described above. The duration of the behaviour is multiplied by the
weight (rating of the severity of the response), and divided by the
total length of observation to determine a pain rating for each
animal. The calculation is represented by the following
formula:
Pain rating=[0(To)+1(T1)+2(T2)+3(T3)]/(T+T1+T2+T3)
CFA Induced Chronic Inflammatory Pain
[0579] In this test, tactile allodynia is assessed with calibrated
von Frey filaments. Following a full week of acclimatization to the
vivarium facility, 150 .mu.L of the "Complete Freund's Adjuvant"
(CFA) emulsion (CFA suspended in an oil/saline (1:1) emulsion at a
concentration of 0.5 mg/mL) is injected subcutaneously into the
plantar surface of the left hind paw of rats under light isoflurane
anaesthesia. Animals are allowed to recover from the anaesthesia
and the baseline thermal and mechanical nociceptive thresholds of
all animals are assessed one week after the administration of CFA.
All animals are habituated to the experimental equipment for 20
minutes on the day prior to the start of the experiment. The test
and control articles are administrated to the animals, and the
nociceptive thresholds measured at defined time points after drug
administration to determine the analgesic responses to each of the
six available treatments. The time points used are previously
determined to show the highest analgesic effect for each test
compound.
[0580] Thermal nociceptive thresholds of the animals are assessed
using the Hargreaves test. Animals are placed in a Plexiglas
enclosure set on top of an elevated glass platform with heating
units. The glass platform is thermostatically controlled at a
temperature of approximately 30.degree. C. for all test trials.
Animals are allowed to accommodate for 20 minutes following
placement into the enclosure until all exploration behaviour
ceases. The Model 226 Plantar/Tail Stimulator Analgesia Meter
(IITC, Woodland Hills, Calif.) is used to apply a radiant heat beam
from underneath the glass platform to the plantar surface of the
hind paws. During all test trials, the idle intensity and active
intensity of the heat source are set at 1 and 45 respectively, and
a cut off time of 20 seconds is employed to prevent tissue
damage.
[0581] The response thresholds of animals to tactile stimuli are
measured using the Model 2290 Electrovonfrey anesthesiometer (IITC
Life Science, Woodland Hills, Calif.) following the Hargreaves
test. Animals are placed in an elevated Plexiglas enclosure set on
a mire mesh surface. After 10 minutes of accommodation,
pre-calibrated Von Frey hairs are applied perpendicularly to the
plantar surface of both paws of the animals in an ascending order
starting from the 0.1 g hair, with sufficient force to cause slight
buckling of the hair against the paw. Testing continues until the
hair with the lowest force to induce a rapid flicking of the paw is
determined or when the cut off force of approximately 20 g is
reached. This cut off force is used because it represent
approximately 10% of the animals' body weight and it serves to
prevent raising of the entire limb due to the use of stiffer hairs,
which would change the nature of the stimulus.
Postoperative Models of Nociception
[0582] In this model, the hypealgesia caused by an intra-planar
incision in the paw is measured by applying increased tactile
stimuli to the paw until the animal withdraws its paw from the
applied stimuli. While animals are anaesthetized under 3.5%
isofluorane, which is delivered via a nose cone, a 1 cm
longitudinal incision is made using a number 10 scalpel blade in
the plantar aspect of the left hind paw through the skin and
fascia, starting 0.5 cm from the proximal edge of the heel and
extending towards the toes. Following the incision, the skin is
apposed using 2, 3-0 sterilized silk sutures. The injured site is
covered with Polysporin and Betadine. Animals are returned to their
home cage for overnight recovery.
[0583] The withdrawal thresholds of animals to tactile stimuli for
both operated (ipsilateral) and unoperated (contralateral) paws can
be measured using the Model 2290 Electrovonfrey anesthesiometer
(IITC Life Science, Woodland Hills, Calif.). Animals are placed in
an elevated Plexiglas enclosure set on a mire mesh surface. After
at least 10 minutes of acclimatization, pre-calibrated Von Frey
hairs are applied perpendicularly to the plantar surface of both
paws of the animals in an ascending order starting from the 10 g
hair, with sufficient force to cause slight buckling of the hair
against the paw. Testing continues until the hair with the lowest
force to induce a rapid flicking of the paw is determined or when
the cut off force of approximately 20 g is reached. This cut off
force is used because it represent approximately 10% of the
animals' body weight and it serves to prevent raising of the entire
limb due to the use of stiffer hairs, which would change the nature
of the stimulus.
Neuropathic Pain Model; Chronic Constriction Injury
[0584] Briefly, an approximately 3 cm incision is made through the
skin and the fascia at the mid thigh level of the animals' left
hind leg using a no. 10 scalpel blade. The left sciatic nerve is
exposed via blunt dissection through the biceps femoris with care
to minimize haemorrhagia. Four loose ligatures are tied along the
sciatic nerve using 4-0 non-degradable sterilized silk sutures at
intervals of 1 to 2 mm apart. The tension of the loose ligatures is
tight enough to induce slight constriction of the sciatic nerve
when viewed under a dissection microscope at a magnification of 4
fold. In the sham-operated animal, the left sciatic nerve is
exposed without further manipulation. Antibacterial ointment is
applied directly into the wound, and the muscle is closed using
sterilized sutures. Betadine is applied onto the muscle and its
surroundings, followed by skin closure with surgical clips.
[0585] The response thresholds of animals to tactile stimuli are
measured using the Model 2290 Electrovonfrey anesthesiometer (IITC
Life Science, Woodland Hills, Calif.). Animals are placed in an
elevated Plexiglas enclosure set on a mire mesh surface. After 10
minutes of accommodation, pre-calibrated Von Frey hairs are applied
perpendicularly to the plantar surface of both paws of the animals
in an ascending order starting from the 0.1 g hair, with sufficient
force to cause slight buckling of the hair against the paw. Testing
continues until the hair with the lowest force to induce a rapid
flicking of the paw is determined or when the cut off force of
approximately 20 g is reached. This cut off force is used because
it represents approximately 10% of the animals' body weight and it
serves to prevent raising of the entire limb due to the use of
stiffer hairs, which would change the nature of the stimulus.
[0586] Thermal nociceptive thresholds of the animals are assessed
using the Hargreaves test. Following the measurement of tactile
thresholds, animals are placed in a Plexiglass enclosure set on top
of an elevated glass platform with heating units. The glass
platform is thermostatically controlled at a temperature of
approximately 24 to 26.degree. C. for all test trials. Animals are
allowed to accommodate for 10 minutes following placement into the
enclosure until all exploration behaviour ceases. The Model 226
Plantar/Tail Stimulator Analgesia Meter (IITC, Woodland Hills,
Calif.) is used to apply a radiant heat beam from underneath the
glass platform to the plantar surface of the hind paws. During all
test trials, the idle intensity and active intensity of the heat
source are set at 1 and 55 respectively, and a cut off time of 20
seconds is used to prevent tissue damage.
Neuropathic Pain Model: Spinal Nerve Ligation
[0587] The spinal nerve ligation (SNL) neuropathic pain model is
used as an animal (i.e. rat) model of neuropathic pain. In the SNL
test, the lumbar roots of spinal nerves L5 and L6 are tightly
ligated to cause nerve injury, which results in the development of
mechanical hyperalgesia, mechanical allodynia and thermal
hypersensitivity. The surgery is performed two weeks before the
test day in order for the pain state to fully develop in the
animals. Several spinal nerve ligation variations are used to
characterize the analgesic properties of a compound of the
invention. [0588] (1) Ligation of the L5 spinal nerve; [0589] (2)
Ligation of the L5 and L6 spinal nerves; [0590] (3) Ligation and
transection of the L5 spinal nerve; [0591] (4) Ligation and
transection of the L5 and L6 spinal nerves; or [0592] (5) Mild
irritation of the L4 spinal nerve in combination with any one of
the above (1)-(4).
[0593] While the animals are anaesthetized under 3.5% isofluorane
delivered via a nose cone, an approximately 2.5 cm longitudinal
incision is made using a number 10 scalpel blade in the skin just
lateral to the dorsal midline, using the level of the posterior
iliac crests as the midpoint of the incision. Following the
incision, the isoflourane is readjusted to maintenance levels
(1.5%.+-.2.5%). At mid-sacral region, an incision is made with the
scalpel blade, sliding the blade along the side of the vertebral
column (in the saggital plane) until the blade hits the sacrum.
Scissors tips are introduced through the incision and the muscle
and ligaments are removed from the spine to expose 2-3 cm of the
vertebral column. The muscle and fascia are cleared from the spinal
vertebra in order to locate the point where the nerve exits from
the vertebra. A small glass hook is placed medial to the spinal
nerves and the spinal nerves are gently elevated from the
surrounding tissues. Once the spinal nerves have been isolated, a
small length of non-degradable 6-0 sterilized silk thread is wound
twice around the ball at the tip of the glass hook and passed back
under the nerve. The spinal nerves are then firmly ligated by tying
a knot, ensuring that the nerve bulges on both sides of the
ligature. The procedure may be repeated as needed. In some animals,
the L4 spinal nerve may be lightly rubbed (up to 20 times) with the
small glass hook to maximize the development of neuropathic pain.
Antibacterial ointment is applied directly into the incision, and
the muscle is closed using sterilized sutures. Betadine is applied
onto the muscle and its surroundings, followed by skin closure with
surgical staples or sterile non-absorable monofilament 5-0 nylon
sutures.
[0594] The analgesic effect produced by topical administration of a
compound of the invention to the animals can then be observed by
measuring the paw withdrawal threshold of animals to mechanical
tactile stimuli. These may be measured using either the mechanical
allodynia procedure or the mechanical hyperalgesia procedure as
described below. After establishment of the appropriate baseline
measurements by either method, topical formulation of a compound of
the invention is applied on the ipsilateral ankle and foot. The
animals are then placed in plastic tunnels for 15 minutes to
prevent them from licking the treated area and removing the
compound. Animals are placed in the acrylic enclosure for 15
minutes before testing the ipsilateral paw by either of the methods
described below, and the responses are recorded at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0
hour post treatment.
[0595] A. Mechanical Allodynia Method
[0596] The pain threshold of animals to mechanical alloydnia for
both operated and control animals can be measured approximately 14
days post-surgery using manual calibrated von Frey filaments as
follows. Animals are placed in an elevated plexiglass enclosure set
on a mire mesh surface. Animals are allowed to acclimate for 20-30
minutes. Pre-calibrated Von Frey hairs are applied perpendicularly
to the plantar surface of the ipsilateral paw of the animals
starting from the 2.0 g hair, with sufficient force to cause slight
buckling of the hair against the paw to establish the baseline
measurements. Stimuli are presented in a consecutive manner, either
in an ascending or descending order until the first change in
response is noted, after which four additional reponses are
recorded for a total of six responses. The six responses measured
in grams are entered into a formula as described by Chaplan, S. R.
et al., J. Neurosci. Methods, 1994 July; 53(1):55-63, and a 50%
withdrawal threshold is calculated. This constitutes the mechanical
allodynia value.
[0597] B. Mechanical Hyperalgesia Method
[0598] The response thresholds of animals to tactile stimuli were
measured using the Model 2290 Electrovonfrey anesthesiometer (IITC
Life Science, Woodland Hills, Calif.). Animals were placed in an
elevated Plexiglas enclosure set on a wire mesh surface. After 15
minutes of accommodation in this enclosure, a von Frey hair was
applied perpendicularly to the plantar surface of the ipsilateral
hind paws of the animals, with sufficient force, measured in grams,
to elicit a crisp response of the paw. The response indicated a
withdrawal from the painful stimulus and constituted the efficacy
endpoint. The data were expressed as percent change from baseline
threshold measured in grams.
Biological Example 4
Aconitine Induced Arrhythmia Test
[0599] The antiarrhythmic activity of compounds of the invention is
demonstrated by the following test. Arrhythmia is provoked by
intravenous administration of aconitine (2.0 .mu.g/Kg) dissolved in
physiological saline solution. Test compounds of the invention are
intravenously administered 5 minutes after the administration of
aconitine. Evaluation of the anti-arrhythmic activity is conducted
by measuring the time from the aconitine administration to the
occurrence of extrasystole (ES) and the time from the aconitine
administration to the occurrence of ventricular tachycardia
(VT).
[0600] In rates under isoflurane anaesthesia (1/4 to 1/3 of 2%), a
tracheotomy is performed by first creating an incision in the neck
area, then isolating the trachea and making a 2 mm incision to
insert tracheal tube 2 cm into the trachea such that the opening of
the tube is positioned just on top of the mouth. The tubing is
secured with sutures and attached to a ventilator for the duration
of the experiment.
[0601] Incisions (2.5 cm) are then made into the femoral areas and
using a blunt dissection probe, the femoral vessels are isolated.
Both femoral veins are cannulated, one for pentobarbital
anaesthetic maintenance (0.02-0.05 mL) and one for the infusion and
injection of drug and vehicle. The femoral artery is cannulated
with the blood pressure gel catheter of the transmitter.
[0602] The ECG leads are attached to the thoracic muscle in the
Lead II position (upper right/above heart--white lead and lower
left/below heart--red lead). The leads are secured with
sutures.
[0603] All surgical areas are covered with gauze moistened with
0.9% saline. Saline (1-1.5 mL of a 0.9% solution) is supplied to
moisten the areas post-surgery. The animals' ECG and ventillation
are allowed to equilibrate for at least 30 minutes.
[0604] The arrhythmia is induced with a 2 .mu.g/Kg/min aconitine
infusion for 5 minutes. During this time the ECG is recorded and
continuously monitored. Compounds of the present invention can be
tested in these assays to determine their effectiveness in treating
arrhythmia.
Biological Example 5
Ischemia Induced Arrhythmia Test
[0605] Rodent models of ventricular arrhythmias, in both acute
cardioversion and prevention paradigms have been employed in
testing potential therapeutics for both atrial and ventricular
arrhythmias in humans. Cardiac ischemia leading to myocardial
infarction is a common cause of morbidity and mortality. The
ability of a compound to prevent ischemia-induced ventricular
tachycardia and fibrillation is an accepted model for determining
the efficacy of a compound in a clinical setting for both atrial
and ventricular tachycardia and fibrillation.
[0606] Anaesthesia is first induced by pentobarbital (i.p.), and
maintained by an i.v. bolus infusion. Male SD rats have their
trachea cannulated for artificial ventilation with room air at a
stroke volume of 10 mL/Kg, 60 strokes/minute. The right femoral
artery and vein are cannulated with PE50 tubing for mean arterial
blood pressure (MAP) recording and intravenous administration of
compounds, respectively.
[0607] The chest is opened between the 4.sup.th and 5.sup.th ribs
to create a 1.5 cm opening such that the heart is visible. Each rat
is placed on a notched platform and metal restraints are hooked
onto the rib cage opening the chest cavity. A suture needle is used
to penetrate the ventricle just under the lifted atrium and exited
the ventricle in a downward diagonal direction so that a >30% to
<50% occlusion zone (OZ) would be obtained. The exit position is
.about.0.5 cm below where the aorta connects to the left ventricle.
The suture is tightened such that a loose loop (occluder) is formed
around a branch of the artery. The chest is then closed with the
end of the occluder accessible outside of the chest.
[0608] Electrodes are placed in the Lead II position (right atrium
to apex) for ECG measurement as follows: one electrode inserted
into the right forepaw and the other electrode inserted into the
left hind paw.
[0609] The body temperature, MAP, ECG, and heart rate are
constantly recorded throughout the experiment. Once the critical
parameters has stabilized, a 1-2 minute recording is taken to
establish the baseline values. Infusion of a compound of the
invention or control substance is initiated once baseline values
are established. After a 5-minute infusion of compound or control,
the suture is pulled tight to ligate the LCA and create ischemia in
the left ventricle. The critical parameters are recorded
continuously for 20 minutes after ligation, unless the MAP reached
the critical level of 20-30 mmHg for at least 3 minutes, in which
case the recording is stopped because the animal would be declared
deceased and is then sacrificed. The ability of compounds of the
invention to prevent arrhythmias and sustain near-normal MAP and HR
is scored and compared to control.
Biological Example 6
[0610] In Vivo Assay for Benign Prostate Hyperplasia (BPH)
[0611] The effectiveness of the compounds of the present invention
for treating BPH can be demonstrated by the following in vivo
assay.
[0612] Dogs are dosed orally with compounds of the present
invention at oral doses of between 0 mg/Kg and 100 mg/Kg for a
period of 4 weeks. A control group receives placebo. The animals
are sacrificed and the prostate glands dissected out, dabbed dry
and then weighed.
Biological Example 7
In Vivo Assay for Antihypercholesterlemia Efficacy and
Antiatherosclerotic Efficacy
[0613] Dogs have cardiovascular systems similar to that of humans,
making them ideal for studying the effects of medicinal compounds
designed to treat cardiovascular disorders.
[0614] Dogs are dosed orally at a range of 0 mg/Kg to 100 mg/Kg
daily with compounds of the present invention for a period of 2-4
weeks. After 2 and 4 weeks the animals are bled and their serum
collected for total cholesterol analysis and compared to the
animals dosed with vehicle alone (0 mg/Kg).
[0615] The measurement of cholesterol is one of the most common
tests performed in the clinical laboratory setting. Simple
fluorometric methods for the sensitive quantitation of total
cholesterol in plasma or serum are commonly used. In one assay,
cholesteryl esters in the sample are first hydrolyzed by
cholesterol esterase. All cholesterol, whether previously
esterified or existing free in the circulation, is then oxidized by
cholesterol oxidase to the corresponding ketone and hydrogen
peroxide. ADHP (10-acetyl-3,7-dihydroxyphenoxazine) is utilized as
a highly sensitive and stable probe for hydrogen peroxide.
Horseradish peroxidase catalyzes the reaction of ADHP with hydrogen
peroxide to yield the highly fluorescent product resorufin, which
can be monitored using excitation wavelengths of 565-580 nm and
emission wavelengths of 585-595 nm.
Biological Example 8
In Vivo Assay for Treatment of Pruritis
[0616] The compounds of the invention can be evaluated for their
activity as antipruritic agents by in vivo test using rodent
models. One established model for peripherally elicited pruritus is
through the injection of serotonin into the rostral back area
(neck) in hairless rats. Prior to serotonin injections (e.g., 2
mg/mL, 50 .mu.L), a dose of a compound of the present invention can
be applied systemically through oral, intravenous or
intraperitoneal routes or topically to a circular area fixed
diameter (e.g. 18 mm). Following dosing, the serotonin injections
are given in the area of the topical dosing. After serotonin
injection the animal behaviour is monitored by video recording for
20 min-1.5 h, and the number of scratches in this time compared to
vehicle treated animals. Thus, application of a compound of the
current invention could suppress serotonin-induced scratching in
rats.
Biological Example 9
Cytochrome P450 (CYP450) InhibitionAssay
[0617] CYP450 (CYP) is the designation for a superfamily of
enzymes. Each family consists of one or more subfamilies and each
subfamily contains one or more specific CYP isoforms. The
Cytochrome P450 (CYP450) Inhibition Assay is a fluorescence-based
assay using a CYP isozyme for screening of compounds of the
invention to determine the level of CYP inhibition by a specific
compound. The assay is based on the CYP inhibition kit described by
Vivid CYP450 Screening Kit Protocol, 2005, Invitrogen Corporation
(Invitrogen Corporation, 1600 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, Calif.
92008, USA).
[0618] This assay is designed to assess compounds by quantifying
the inhibition of the predominant human CYP isozymes involved in
hepatic drug metabolism. It is based on the principle derived from
the testing of many pharmacologically active compounds for their
ability to serve as substrates and inhibitors for the major Drug
Metabolizing Enzymes, primarily CYPs, or for their interference
with the metabolism of existing drugs. The standard method for
evaluating specific CYP isozyme inhibition is to determine the
conversion of a probe substrate (Table 4) into its metabolite, in
the presence and absence of the potential inhibitor. Quantification
of the metabolite is achieved by HPLC or by using a probe substrate
that is metabolized into a fluorescent product (fluorescent
assay).
[0619] Four CYP isozymes were investigated: CYP3A4, 2C9, 2C19 and
2D6. In particular, CYP3A4 is shown to be one of the most important
isozyme involved in the metabolism of drugs in the body (see
http://medicine.iupui.edu/flockhart/table.htm). A drug that
inhibits a specific CYP isozyme may decrease the metabolism of the
drug and increase serum concentrations of drugs that are substrates
for that isoenzyme. The CYP3A4 data reported below can be useful to
predict potential clinical drug-drug interactions for a particular
compound.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 4 CYP450 ISOZYMES (CYP) AND SUBSTRATES USED
CYP Substrate Acronym Structure Name 3A4 BOMCC
7-(benzyloxymethoxy)-3-cyanocoumarin 2C19 EOMCC
7-(ethoxymethoxy)-3-cyanocoumarin 2C9 BOMF
(benzyloxymethoxy)fluorescein 2D6 MOBFC 7-(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-4-
trifluoromethylcoumarin
TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 5 CYP450 ISOZYME INHIBITORS Concen- %
Inhibition tration in in Isozyme Inhibitor 10 .mu.M assay 10 .mu.M
assay IC.sub.50 (nM) 3A4 Ketoconazole 0.1 .mu.M 50 +/- 10% 88 +/-
30 nM 2C9 Sulfaphenazole 0.420 .mu.M 50 +/- 15% 345 +/- 20 nM 2C19
Ketoconazole 7.62 .mu.M 65 +/- 10% 3132 +/- 680 nM 2D6 Quinidine
0.0137 .mu.M 55 +/- 15% 15 +/- 5 nM
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 6 TERMINOLOGY Name Definition Regeneration
100x consists of 333 mM Glucose-6-phosphate and 40 System U/mL
Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase in 100 mM (RS) Potassium
Phosphate Buffer (pH 8.0). Baculosomes Microsomes prepared from
insect cells that were infected (Bac) with baculovirus containing
the cDNAs for human CYP isozyme (1 .mu.M specific P450 content) and
rabbit NADPH reductase. NADP.sup.+ Nicotinamide adenine
dinucleotide phosphate at 10 .mu.M in potassium phosphate buffer
(100 mM, pH 8.0). Conversion of NADP+ into NADPH by the
regeneration system is required to start the CYP450 reaction.
Reaction Contains 100 or 200 mM potassium phosphate buffer. Buffer
Pre-Mix Contains reaction buffer, RS, Bac. Prepare separately for
each isozyme. Substrate Contains reaction buffer, substrate (BOMCC,
EOMCC, Mix BOMF, or MOBFC), and NADP+. Prepare separately for each
isozyme.
[0620] This assay can be used for single concentration screening or
for IC.sub.50 determination. In a single concentration screening
assay, the final assay concentration of the test compound is 10
.mu.M. In an IC.sub.50 determination assay, IC.sub.50 may be
determined using a 3, 6, or 12 point curve in triplicate with a
chosen starting concentration diluted serially.
Preparation Stage:
[0621] In the Preparation Stage, the test compounds, controls
(acetonitrile (ACN) or dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and No
Baculosomes), and known inhibitors (Table 5) were diluted to 10%
ACN or DMSO in water at appropriate concentrations. The Premix and
Substrate Mix solutions were also prepared per kit instructions.
The Premix consisted of P450 Baculosomes, regeneration system (RS),
and Vivid.RTM. CYP450 reaction buffer. The Substrate Mix consisted
of Vivid.RTM. substrate, NADP+ and Vivid.RTM. CYP450 reaction
buffer.
Assay Stage:
[0622] In the Assay Stage, 30 .mu.L water was added to each well of
a 96-well assay plate. Then 10 .mu.L of the 10% ACN or DMSO in
water stocks of the test compounds, negative controls, or known
inhibitors were added to designated wells according to the assay
plate layout. The third step was to add 50 .mu.L of the Premix
solution to each working well (except for No Baculosomes control
wells, 50 .mu.L buffer was added instead). The assay plate was then
pre-warmed at ambient temperature in the dark for 20 minutes. When
pre-warming was completed, 10 .mu.L of the Substrate Mix solution
was added to each working well (including the No Baculosomes
control wells). This resulted in a final 1% ACN or DMSO
concentration. The assay plate was immediately placed in a
PolarStar plate reader to read initial fluorescence. The assay
plate was again incubated at ambient temperature in the dark for
20, 30, or 60 minutes, depending on the reaction time of the
isozyme (Table 7). 10 .mu.L of the stop reagent was added to each
working well and final fluorescence was read.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 7 ISOZYME REACTION TIME AND STOP REAGENT
Reaction Time Isozyme (min) Concentration of Stop Reagent 3A4 20 10
.mu.M Ketoconazole 2C19 20 30 .mu.M Ketoconazole 2C9 30 10 .mu.M
Sulfaphenazole 2D6 60 1 .mu.M Quinidine
Data Analysis:
[0623] The difference between the initial and final fluorescence
readings was used to calculate percent inhibition. The ACN or DMSO
readings represented 0% inhibition and the No Baculosomes readings
represented 100% inhibition. Percent inhibition by the compound or
known inhibitor was calculated based on comparison with the solvent
(ACN or DMSO) control and the No Baculosomes control. To minimize
any fluorescence compound or background effect, the relative
fluorescence unit (RFU) initial was substrated from the RFU
final.
Determine the % inhibition for each compound or control for each
CYP450 isozyme:
% Inhibition = Compound ( RFU final - initial ) - DMSO control (
RFU final - initial ) NoBac ( RFU final - initial ) - DMSO control
( RFU final - initial ) .times. 100 ##EQU00003##
[0624] Representative compounds of the invention, when tested in
the above assay demonstrated percent inhibition of the CYP3A4
isozyme as set forth below in Table 8 wherein "A" refers to percent
inhibition of less than 50% at 10 .mu.M and "B" refers to percent
inhibition of greater than 50% at 10 .mu.M. The Example numbers
provided in Table 8 correspond to the Examples herein:
TABLE-US-00008 TABLE 8 % Inhibition Ex. No. Compound Name of CYP3A4
8 1'-{[(2S)-1-acetylpyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl}-5,6- B
dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 11
2-(4'-chloro-2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'-indol]-
B 1'(2'H)-yl)-N'-[(cyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy]ethanimidamide 13
2-{3-[(2-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b]difuran-3,3- B
indol]-1(2H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.1
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'- A
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.2
2-{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'- B
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 13.3
1'-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3- B
g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 13.4
1'-{4-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]benzyl}-2,3- B
dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one
14 ethyl {3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran- B
3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate 14.1 ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran- A
3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate 14.2 ethyl
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine- A
8,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetate 15
{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'- A
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid 15.1
{4-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4-b']difuran-3,3'- A
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid 15.2
{4-[(2'-oxo-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3-g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'- A
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetic acid 15.3
1'-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]-2,3-dihydrospiro[furo[2,3- A
g][1,4]benzodioxine-8,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 16
N-methyl-2-{3-[(2'-oxo-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- B
b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)methyl]phenoxy}acetamide 17
1'-[4-(methylsulfinyl)benzyl]-5,6-dihydrospiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- B
b']difuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 18
N-(methylsulfonyl)-N-{2'-oxo-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2- A
ylmethyl]-1',2'-dihydrospiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-6-
yl}methanesulfonamide 20
6-(2-aminopropoxy)-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[1- A
benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one hydrochloride 21
6-[2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2- A
ylmethyl]spiro[1-benzofuran-3,3'-indol]-2'(1'H)-one 24
1'-[(2R)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl]spiro[benzo[1,2-b:5,4- B
b']difuran-3,3'-indole]-2',5(1'H,6H)-dione 5-oxime 25
(1Z)-N'-hydroxy-2-(2'-oxospiro[furo[2,3-f][1,3]benzodioxole-7,3'- B
indol]-1'(2'H)-yl)ethanimidamide
[0625] All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application
publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign
patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this
specification are incorporated herein by reference in their
entireties.
[0626] Although the foregoing invention has been described in some
detail to facilitate understanding, it will be apparent that
certain changes and modifications may be practiced within the scope
of the appended claims. Accordingly, the described embodiments are
to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive, and the
invention is not to be limited to the details given herein, but may
be modified within the scope and equivalents of the appended
claims.
* * * * *
References